KL2 3379208.2
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from __________ to __________
OR
SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Date of event requiring this shell company report __________
Commission file number 0-30862
CERAGON NETWORKS LTD.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Israel
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
3 Uri Ariav st., Bldg. A (7th Floor) PO Box 112, Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, 4810002
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
Hadar Vismunski Weinberg (+972) 3-543-1369 (tel.), (+972) 3-543-1600 (fax), 3 Uri Ariav st., Bldg. A (7th
Floor) PO Box 112, Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, 4810002
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile Number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchange on Which
KL2 3379208.2
Registered
Ordinary Shares, Par Value NIS 0.01
CRNT
Nasdaq Global Select Market
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close
of the period covered by the annual report: 88,392,925 Ordinary Shares, NIS 0.01 par value.
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act.
Yes No
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was
required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be
submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer,
or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer Accelerated filer Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by
check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised
financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of
the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15
U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial
statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial
statements.
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of
incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery
period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).
Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included
in this filing:
U.S. GAAP
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
KL2 3379208.2
Other
If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement
item the registrant has elected to follow.
Item 17 Item 18
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act).
Yes No
- i -
KL2 3379208.2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
PART I
ITEM 1.
Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers
......................................................................................................................................................
4
ITEM 2.
Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable
......................................................................................................................................................
4
ITEM 3.
Key Information
......................................................................................................................................................
4
ITEM 4.
Information on the Company
......................................................................................................................................................
34
ITEM 4A.
Unresolved Staff Comments
......................................................................................................................................................
51
ITEM 5.
Operating and Financial Review and Prospects
......................................................................................................................................................
51
ITEM 6.
Directors, Senior Management and Employees
......................................................................................................................................................
61
ITEM 7.
Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions
......................................................................................................................................................
81
ITEM 8.
Financial Information
......................................................................................................................................................
83
ITEM 9.
The Offer and Listing
......................................................................................................................................................
86
ITEM 10.
Additional Information
......................................................................................................................................................
86
ITEM 11.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
......................................................................................................................................................
95
ITEM 12.
Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities
......................................................................................................................................................
95
PART II
ITEM 13.
Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies
......................................................................................................................................................
95
ITEM 14.
Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds
......................................................................................................................................................
96
ITEM 15.
Controls and Procedures
......................................................................................................................................................
96
ITEM 16
.
[Reserved]………………………………………………………………………………………...
ITEM 16A.
Audit Committee Financial Expert
......................................................................................................................................................
97
ITEM 16B.
Code of Ethics
......................................................................................................................................................
97
ITEM 16C.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
......................................................................................................................................................
97
ITEM 16D.
Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees
......................................................................................................................................................
98
ITEM 16E.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers
......................................................................................................................................................
98
ITEM 16F.
Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant
......................................................................................................................................................
98
ITEM 16G.
Corporate Governance
......................................................................................................................................................
98
ITEM 16H.
Mine Safety Disclosure
......................................................................................................................................................
99
ITEM 16I.
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
......................................................................................................................................................
99
- ii -
KL2 3379208.2
ITEM 16J.
Insider Trading Policies
......................................................................................................................................................
99
ITEM 16K.
Cybersecurity
......................................................................................................................................................
99
PART III
ITEM 17.
Financial Statements
......................................................................................................................................................
99
ITEM 18.
Financial Statements
......................................................................................................................................................
99
ITEM 19.
Exhibits
......................................................................................................................................................
99
3
INTRODUCTION
Definitions
In this annual report, unless the context otherwise requires:
•
references to “Ceragon,” the “Company,” “us,” “we,” “our” and the “registrant” refer to Ceragon
Networks Ltd., an Israeli company, and its consolidated subsidiaries;
•
references to “ordinary shares,” “our shares” and similar expressions refer to our Ordinary Shares, NIS
0.01 nominal (par) value per share;
•
references to “dollars,” “U.S. dollars”, “USD” and “$” are to United States Dollars;
•
references to “shekels” and “NIS” are to New Israeli Shekels, the Israeli currency;
•
references to the “Companies Law” are to Israel’s Companies Law, 5759-1999;
•
references to the “SEC” are to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission; and
•
references to the “Nasdaq Rules” are to the rules of the Nasdaq Global Select Market.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This annual report on Form 20-F includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange
Act”) and the safe-harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. We have based these
forward-looking statements on our current expectations and projections about future events.
Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of terminology such as “may,” “will,” “assume,”
“expect,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “continue,” “believe,” “potential,” “possible,” “intend” and similar expressions
that are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these
identifying words. These forward-looking statements discuss future expectations, plans and events, contain
projections of results of operations or of financial condition or state other “forward-looking” information. They
involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties that may cause the actual results, performance or achievements
of Ceragon to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by
such forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected
in the forward-looking statements include, without limitation, the risk factors set forth under “Item 3. Key Information
Risk Factors,” the information about us set forth under Item 4. “INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY”, the
information related to our financial condition under Item 5. “OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND
PROSPECTS”, and information included in this annual report generally. Any forward-looking statements represent
Ceragon’s views only as of the date hereof and should not be relied upon as representing its views as of any subsequent
date. Ceragon does not assume any obligation to update any forward-looking statements unless required by applicable
law.
4
PART I
ITEM 1.
IDENTITY OF DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND ADVISERS
Not applicable.
ITEM 2.
OFFER STATISTICS AND EXPECTED TIMETABLE
Not applicable.
ITEM 3.
KEY INFORMATION
A. [Reserved]
B. Capitalization and indebtedness
Not applicable.
C. Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds
Not applicable.
D. Risk Factors
The following risk factors, among others, could affect our business, results of operations or financial
condition and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements made
by us. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and we assume no obligation to update this
information. You should carefully consider the risks described below, in addition to the other information contained
elsewhere in this annual report. The following risk factors are not the only risk factors that the Company faces, and as
such, additional unknown risks and uncertainties that we currently deem immaterial may also affect our business. Our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed if any of the events underlying any
of these risks or uncertainties actually occur. In such an event, the market price for our ordinary shares could decline.
Below are some, but not all, of the main risks factors and challenges that we have been facing and may further
face, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition (the list below
is not exhaustive, and investors should read this “Risk factors” section in full):
•
the effects of global economic trends, including recession, rising inflation, rising interest rates, commodity
price increases and fluctuations, commodity shortages and exposure to economic slowdown, on our and our
customers’ business, financial condition and results of operations;
•
the impact of delays in the transition to 5G technologies and in the 5G rollout on our revenues if such
transition is developed differently than we anticipated, either in terms of technology, use-case, timeline or
otherwise;
•
the effect of the concentration of a major portion of our business on large mobile operators around the world
from which we derive a significant portion of our ordering, that due to their significant weight compared to
the overall ordering by other customers during the same time period, coupled with inconsistent ordering
patterns and volume of business directed to us (which may deviate as a result of parameters such as buying
decisions, price lists, roll-out strategy, local market conditions and regulatory environment), creates high
volatility with respect to our financial results and results of operations, including our revenues, gross margin
and cash flow;
5
•
our business is subject to significant volatility primarily due to fluctuations in market demand. Should trends
of volatility, losses, or negative cash flows persist, our results of operations and cash flow may be
significantly and adversely impacted;
•
competition from other wireless transport equipment providers and from other communication solutions that
compete with our wireless solutions;
•
merger and acquisition activities expose us to risks and liabilities, potential adverse reactions or changes to
business relationships, including those resulting from the completion of the transaction with End 2 End
Technologies LLC. (“E2E”) and our revenues, net income and operating cash flow attributed to the E2E
business might deviate significantly from anticipated levels;
•
risks related to our forward-looking forecasts, with respect to which there is no assurance that such forecasts
will materialize as we predicted;
•
increased breaches of network or information technology security along with an increase in cyber-attack
activities, either on our or our customers’ networks, could have an adverse effect on our business;
•
we rely on third-party manufacturers, suppliers and service providers and such reliance may disrupt the proper
and timely management of deliveries of our products, a risk that is intensified in the case of a single source
supplier;
•
the global supply of electronic components, including integrated circuits has experienced a sharp increase in
demand in the past several years, coupled with a lack of sufficient production capacity, which has effected
and may still effect the lead-time for our components and their prices;
•
if we fail to effectively cope with the high volatility in the supply needs of our customers, we may be unable
to timely fulfill our customer commitments (for example, delivery issues due to long lead time and availability
of components and manufacturing power), and may be obligated to pay expediting fees to our contract
manufacturers, penalties to our customers for delays, and may be subject to order cancelation, all of which
would adversely affect our business and results of operations;
•
we may be exposed to inventory-related losses on inventory purchased by our contract manufacturers and
other suppliers, or to increased expenses should unexpected production ramp up be required due to inaccurate
forecasts or business changes. In addition, part of our inventory may be written off, which would increase
our cost of revenues;
•
risks related to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and restrictions related to foreign currency exchange
controls;
•
the expansion of our service offering to new areas, including managed services, software-based services
(SaaS) and solutions for wireless communication networks design, might pose product development,
marketing, sales, operation, implementation and support challenges that might result in significant losses and
may adversely affect our financial results and achievement of projected revenues levels;
•
risks related to expansion into new market segments, such as the private networks market, the development
and commercialization of new products, and the rapid change in the markets for our products and in related
technologies and operational concepts development;
•
risks relating to the failure to attract or retain qualified and skilled “talents” and personnel and the intense
competition for such “talents” and personnel;
•
difficulties in predicting our gross margin as it is exposed to significant fluctuations as a result of potential
changes in the various geographical locations where we generate revenues as well as product mix and
software and services portions;
•
our engagement in providing installation or rollout projects for our customers and end users whether directly
or via third party prime contractor, which are long-term projects that are subject to inherent risks, including
early delivery of our products with delayed payment terms, delays or failures in acceptance testing
procedures, and potential significant collection risk from our customers all of which may result in substantial
period-to-period fluctuations in our results of operations, cash flow and financial condition;
6
•
We are exposed to risks associated with integrating artificial intelligence tools into our operations;
•
changes in privacy and data protection laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our business
prospects, results of operations, and financial condition;
•
the impact of complex and evolving regulatory requirements in which we operate, on our business, results of
operations and financial condition;
•
We have significant operations globally, including in countries that may be adversely affected by political or
economic instability, major hostilities or acts of terrorism, which expose us to risks and challenges associated
with conducting business internationally;
•
risks relating to macro and micro adverse effects on the global and European markets in which we operate
due to the invasion of Ukraine by Russia, such as, among others, cancellation or suspension of orders placed
by Russian customers or for Russian end-users, disruption of delivery of raw materials, oil and gas, goods,
and supplies’ price increases, disruption to deliveries, shipping and transportation, imposition of sanctions,
export control restrictions and embargoes, loss of business, cyber-attacks, commodity shortages and other
effects that could have an adverse effect on us, our business, suppliers and customers;
•
the occurrence of international, political, regulatory or economic events in emerging markets, where the
majority of our sales are made;
•
risks relating to disagreements with tax authorities regarding tax positions that we have taken which may
result in increased tax liabilities;
•
the impact of industry downturn, reduction in our customers’ profitability due to increased regulation or new
mobile services requirements;
•
the impact of the latest Israel-Hamas war, as well as the conditions in the Middle East, could impede our
ability to sell, operate and develop, manufacture and deliver products and components and harm our business
and financial results; and
•
risks relating to attempts for a hostile takeover, or shareholder activism, which may, divert our management’s
and Board’s attention and resources from our business and could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to
our future direction, could result in the loss of potential business opportunities, limit our ability to raise funds
and make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel for positions in both management
and Board levels.
These and other risk factors are further described and elaborated herein below. You should carefully read and
consider the full description of the risk factors as described below, in addition to the other information contained
elsewhere in this annual report:
Risks Relating to Our Business
Our global operation exposes us to the effects of global economic trends, including recession, rising inflation,
rising interest rates, commodity price increases and fluctuations, commodity shortages and exposure to economic
slowdown.
The global nature of our activity and our global presence and operation in different countries, regulatory, legal
and financial regimes, exposes us to a wide spread of customers, suppliers, subcontractors and contractors, and, in
turn, to global and local macro and micro developments. In response to rising inflation in recent years, central banks
in the markets in which we operate, including the United States Federal Reserve, have tightened their monetary
policies and raised interest rates, and such measures may continue. While interest rates have begun to decline and
inflation is lower than in past quarters in the U.S., costs of labor, capital, employee compensation, and other similar
effects have increased in the recent past. Our suppliers may raise their prices, and in the competitive markets in which
we operate, we may not be able to make corresponding price increases to preserve our gross margins and profitability
due to market conditions and competitive dynamics. Additionally, any such increase in prices, even if possible, may
not be accepted by our customers, and there is no assurance that we will be able to increase our pricing to offset our
increased costs, or that our operations will not be materially impacted by rising inflation and its broader effects on the
markets in which we operate in the future. Further, increases in interest rates, lead us, and our customers, to experience
higher financing costs, which may, in turn, negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
The global economy has also been impacted by fluctuating foreign exchange rates and geopolitical tensions, which
7
could result in supply chain disruptions. As we have substantial international operations, fluctuations in exchange
rates between the currencies in which we operate and the U.S. dollar could decrease our revenues or increase our
operating costs and financial expenses and adversely affect our results of operations, profits and cash flows. The
duration, extent and volatility of inflation, interest rates, foreign exchange rate fluctuations, geopolitical tensions and
other macroeconomic headwinds are uncertain and we cannot accurately predict whether we will be able to effectively
mitigate their impact on our business. Such developments might have direct or indirect impacts on our business and
results of operations, which are hard to predict, monitor or assess, causing uncertainties and high volatility with respect
to our estimated or expected results of operations, and, could have an adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition. Our business, and our customers’ businesses, are sensitive to macroeconomic
conditions.
Economic factors, such as interest rates, inflation, currency exchange rates, changes in monetary and related
policies, market volatility, customer confidence, recession or recessionary indicators, supply chain issues,
unemployment rates and real wages, are among the most significant factors that impact customer spending behavior.
Specifically, due to the complexity of our supply chain, we have experienced and may continue to experience increase
in shipment costs, due to macroeconomic and geopolitical issues (such as the recent hostilities effecting maritime
shipment in the Red Sea, causing increases in shipment costs and delays in lead-time, as well as increase in related
insurance policies’ premiums), regulatory actions, including sanctions and trade restrictions, labor disturbances and
approval delays, which impacted our ability to timely meet demand in certain instances. These adverse market forces
have a direct impact on our overall performance. Any such disruptions could have a material adverse impact on our
business and our results of operation and financial condition.
Delays in the transition to 5G technologies and in the 5G rollout may negatively impact our revenues, financial
condition and results of operation.
We consider the wireless market transition from 4G to 5G technologies to be one of our main growth engines
in the foreseeable future. Thus, the development roadmap of our products is designed to introduce 5G-based products
to the market. Nonetheless, the pace of the transition to 5G technologies and 5G rollout is hard to predict, as it depends
on numerous factors which are uncertain and beyond our control including, economic factors, financial conditions of
operators and the development of 5G use cases. Further delays in 5G technologies deployment and rollout, could have
an adverse effect on our future revenues, profitability and cash flow and cause our results to materially differ from our
expectations.
In addition, the expected transition from 4G to 5G technologies could lead to an overall slowdown in
procurement and capital investments in 4G infrastructure and equipment by our customers.
A major portion of our business concentrates on a limited number of large mobile operators. The significant weight
of their ordering, compared to the overall ordering by other customers, coupled with inconsistent ordering patterns,
could negatively affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our business is concentrated with certain customers. In 2024, approximately 47.7%
of our total revenues were attributed to three customers, in 2023, approximately 44.8% of our total revenues were
attributed to two customers and in 2022, approximately 31.3% of our total revenues were attributed to two
customers. The loss of significant customers or any material reduction in orders from them, in the absence of gaining
new significant customers to replace such lost business, has adversely affected, and in the future could adversely
affect, various aspects of our results of operations and our financial condition.
In addition, we have difficulty in projecting future revenues from these customers, since (i) our sales are
mostly generated from case-by-case purchase orders rather than long-term contracts, our customers are not obligated
to purchase from us a fixed amount of products or services over any period of time, and may terminate or reduce their
purchases from us at any time without prior notice or penalty; (ii) customers might not be bound by any minimum
quota; (iii) the ordering pattern and volume of business directed to us by such customers may fluctuate as a result of
numerous parameters, including changing spending policies, changes in prices, rollout strategy and local market
conditions and (iv) the delivery schedule to such customers may be changed by them and adversely affect our revenue
working capital and cash flow. Any credit crunch, distressed financial situation or insolvency on the part of such
customers, may adversely affect our ability to collect the balance due from them and further expend the variation in
our revenues and operating results. This risk is heightened in India, in which government actions relating to the rollout
of cellular networks affect the demand for our products from customers and increase the difficulty to project future
revenues.
8
Furthermore, since a significant portion of our business is derived from specific countries, our business could
be negatively impacted should certain events occur in these countries, such as a slowdown in investments and
expansion of communication networks due to the cyclical characteristic of the investment in this industry, as well as
changes in local legislation, governmental controls and regulations (including those specifically related to the
communication industry) and tariffs and taxes, as well as trade restrictions, a downturn in economic or financial
conditions, or an outbreak of natural calamities. Also, an outbreak of hostilities, political or economic instability, as
well as any other extraordinary events having an adverse effect on the economy or business environment in these
countries, may harm the operations of our customers in these countries, and result in a significant decline of business
coming from those countries.
In addition, the telecommunications industry has experienced certain consolidation among its participants,
and we expect this trend to continue. Some operators in this industry have experienced financial difficulty and have
filed, or may file, for bankruptcy protection. Other operators may merge and one or more of our competitors may
supply products to the customers of the combined company following those mergers. This consolidation could result
in purchasing decision delays and decreased opportunities for us to supply products to companies following any
consolidation. This consolidation may also result in lost opportunities for cost reduction and economies of scale and
could generally reduce our opportunities to win new customers to the extent that the number of potential customers
decreases. Furthermore, as our customers become larger, they may have more leverage to negotiate better pricing
which could adversely affect our revenues and gross margins.
Realization of any of these risks could result in a material reduction in orders and could adversely affect our
results of operations, including gross margin and cash flow, and our financial condition. Although some of these risks
derive inherently from the concentration of our business, certain risks may be attributed also to the geographical
territories in which we operate as detailed under the risk “Due to the volume of our sales in emerging markets, we
are susceptible to a number of political, economic and regulatory risks that could have a material adverse effect on
our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations”.
Our business is subject to significant volatility, primarily due to fluctuations in market demand.
Consequently, during periods of low demand, we may experience a reduction in bookings and a slower conversion
to revenue in accordance with our customers' requirements. This volatility can result in incurred losses and negative
cash flows. Our guidance for revenue and profitability are based on certain assumptions regarding market behavior.
However, there is no assurance that the market will behave as anticipated, which could adversely affect our revenue,
results of operations, and cash flow. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to convert our current
or future backlog into profitability and positive operating cash flows. Should trends of volatility, losses, or negative
cash flows persist, our results of operations and cash flow may be significantly and adversely impacted.
We are exposed to high volatility in our revenue that is driven by different risks as described and detailed
separately in this chapter. In 2024, we incurred a net income of $24.1 million, in 2023 we incurred a net income of
$6.2 million and in 2022 we incurred a net loss of $19.7 million. We have generated positive cash flow from operations
of $26.2 million in 2024 and $30.9 million in 2023. Our loss in 2022 resulted from, among other things, decreases in
revenues, credit loss, decreased gross margins, decline in procurement and capital expenses related to 4G products by
our customers, slow ramp-up of 5G rollout and new ordering, health and economic implications of the COVID-19
pandemic, the significant expenses, costs and charges associated with the global semiconductors and electric
components shortage and increase in price of such components, increase in logistical supply chains’, shipment and
delivery costs and an extension of delivery timelines, expediting fees and increased inventory expenditures, all as
further detailed in this Annual Report on Form 20-F and in our Annual Reports on Form 20-F for the years ended
December 31, 2023 and 2022. The business volatility described above may adversely impact our profitability cash flow
and working capital needs. Although in 2023 and 2024 we have had increased revenues we cannot assure you that this
two years trend will continue.
Additionally, while in 2024 and 2023 we have taken measures to improve our gross profit, reduce our
operating expenses, ratio, improve our working capital management and secure more booking, the implementation of
such measures is lengthy, may be delayed as a result of the other risks and uncertainties detailed in this Annual Report
on Form 20-F and there is no assurance that such measures will be sufficient or successful or that we will be able to
preserve the increase in our revenues, and not return to experiencing a decline in our revenues, incur substantial losses
and generate negative cash flows or that a decline, losses and negative cash flow will not occur. Any adverse change
in our revenue levels may result in an adverse impact on our businesses, and in the event that our revenues decline and
we experience losses and negative cash flow, our results of operations will be significantly adversely impacted. We
9
may need to consider taking additional measures such as reducing costs, which may impact our ability to compete in
the market and serve our working capital needs as planned. Furthermore, our working capital needs may require
additional or alternate cash resources. If we are unable to obtain such resources nor generate positive cash flow from
our operations, our liquidity and ability to fund operations could be impaired.
We face intense competition from other wireless equipment providers and from other communication solutions that
compete with our wireless solutions. If we fail to compete effectively, we may experience a decline in the demand
for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely
affected.
The market for wireless transport equipment is rapidly evolving, highly competitive and subject to rapid
changes.
Our main competitors include companies such as Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., L.M. Ericsson Telephone
Company, Nokia Corporation and ZTE Corporation, commonly referred to as “generalists”, each providing a vast
wireless solutions portfolio, which includes a wireless transport solution within their portfolio. These generalists may
also compete with us on “best-of-breed” projects, in which operators invest resources and efforts to select the best
wireless transport solution. In addition to these primary competitors, a number of smaller wireless transport specialists,
mainly including Aviat Networks Inc. (“Aviat”) and SIAE Microelectronica S.P.A., offer, or are developing,
competing products. We also face competition in the private networks segment from mobile operators, system
integrators and hardware vendors.
In addition, the industry generalists are substantially larger than us, have longer operating histories and
possess greater financial, sales, service, marketing, distribution, technical, manufacturing and other resources. These
generalists have greater name recognition, a larger customer base and may be able to respond more quickly to changes
in customer requirements and evolving industry standards.
To our knowledge, many of these generalists also have well-established relationships with our current and
potential customers and may have extensive knowledge of our target markets, which may give them additional
competitive advantages. In addition, to our knowledge, these generalists focus more on selling services and bundling
the entire network as a full-package service offering, and therefore some of our customers, which seek “best-of-breed”
solutions like ours, may prefer to purchase “bundled” solutions from the generalists. Moreover, as these generalists
are usually financially stronger than us, they may be able to offer customers more attractive pricing and payment
terms, as well as customer credit programs, which may increase the appeal of their products in comparison to ours.
In addition, our products compete with other high-speed communications solutions, including fiber optic
lines and other wireless technologies. Some of these technologies utilize existing installed infrastructure and have
achieved significantly greater market acceptance and penetration than wireless technologies. Moreover, as more and
more data demands are imposed on existing network frameworks coupled with growing demand for additional
bandwidth as a result of massive use of remote services and work from home modes of operation, and due to
consolidation of fixed and mobile operators, operators may be more motivated to invest in more expensive high-speed
fiber optic networks to meet current needs and remain competitive. Some of the principal disadvantages of and point-
to-multipoint wireless technologies that may make other technologies more appealing include suboptimal operations
in extreme weather conditions and limitations in connection with the need to establish line of sight between antennas
and limitations in site acquisition for multiple links, or the perception that fiber-optic solutions are more
“environmentally-friendly” predominantly in populated areas, favoring other technologies.
The development and expansion of Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite networks represent a competitive risk to
our business. As these networks become more capable of providing backhaul connectivity for cellular networks, there
is a potential for network operators to favor satellite-based solutions over our microwave transmission products. This
shift could be driven by the broader coverage and the improving cost efficiencies associated with LEO satellite
networks. If cellular network providers increasingly adopt LEO satellite solutions for backhaul purposes, the demand
for our microwave products may decrease, adversely affecting our sales and market position.
The rise of LEO satellite systems as a contender in providing direct-to-consumer broadband connectivity
presents an additional risk to our business. These satellite networks could sidestep the necessity for widespread
terrestrial cellular infrastructure by offering an alternate mode of connectivity directly to consumers. Consequently,
mobile operators might assess their infrastructure strategies and opt to scale back investments in terrestrial networks.
Such a strategic shift could result in decreased demand for microwave backhaul solutions, thereby interrupting
traditional growth and upgrade patterns for microwave backhaul infrastructure. This reevaluation by mobile operators
10
could lead to a contraction in the market for our products, negatively impacting our revenue and growth prospects.
To the extent that these competing communications solutions reduce demand for our wireless transmission
products, there may be a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
Moreover, some of our competitors can benefit from currency fluctuations as their costs and expenses are
primarily denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In case the U.S. dollar strengthens against these
currencies these competitors might offer their products and services for a lower price and capture market share from
us, which might adversely affect our business and negatively influence our results of operation and financial condition.
We expect to face continuing competitive pressures in the future. If we are unable to compete effectively,
our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. For more
information on the “best-of-breed” market, please refer to Item 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY; B.
Business Overview – “Wireless Transport; Short-haul, Long-haul and Small Cells Transport”.
Merger and acquisition activities expose us to risks and liabilities, which could also result in integration problems
and adversely affect our business.
We continue to explore potential merger and acquisition opportunities within our wireless transport market
or as a diversification effort in order to create a growth engine and implement a growth strategy. In addition, we also
explore merger and acquisition opportunities aimed at obtaining technological improvement of our products, adding
new technologies to our products and to diversify our business. During January 2025, we completed the acquisition
by merger of E2E, a systems integration and software development company.
We are unable to predict whether or when any prospective deals will be completed.
In addition, these strategic transactions involve numerous risks, which can jeopardize or even eliminate the
benefits entailed in such transactions, such as:
•
we may not be able to discover, or the target company may fail to provide us with, all relevant information
and documents in relation to the transaction, which could lead to a failure to achieve the objectives of
acquisition and to a substantial loss;
•
we may fail to reveal that the due diligence materials and documents provided contain untrue statements of
material facts or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, hence
fail to achieve the objectives of acquisition and suffer a substantial loss;
•
we may fail to correctly assess the due diligence investigation findings, establish a correct investment thesis
or establish a correct post-merger integration plan;
•
the process of integrating an acquired business including, for example, the operations, systems, technologies,
products, and personnel of the combined companies, particularly companies with large and widespread
operations and/or complex products, may be prolonged due to unforeseen difficulties;
•
the implementation of the transaction may distract and divert management’s attention from the normal daily
operations of our business;
•
we may sustain and record significant expenditure and costs associated with outstanding transactions that
either did not or will not materialize or would fail to achieve its objectives;
•
there will be increased expenses associated with the transaction, and we may need to use a substantial portion
of our cash resources or incur debt in order to cover such expenses; expenses which the combined merged
companies may not be sufficient to offset;
•
we may generate negative cash flow as a result of such transaction, which may require fund raising that may
not be available for us;
•
we may incur unexpected accounting and other expenses associated with the transaction, such as tax
expenses, write offs, amortization expenses related to intangible assets, restructuring costs, litigation costs or
such other costs derived from the acquisition;
•
the transaction may harm our business as currently conducted (for example, there may be a temporary loss
of revenues, we may experience loss of current key employees, customers, resellers, vendors and other
11
business partners or companies with whom we engage today or which relate to any acquired company);
•
we may be required to issue ordinary shares as part of the transaction, which would dilute our current
shareholders;
•
we may need to assume material liabilities of the merged entity;
•
in certain cases, mergers and acquisitions require special approvals, or are subject to scrutiny by the local
authorities, and failing to comply with such requirements or to receive such approvals, may prevent or limit
our ability to complete the acquisitions as well as expose us to legal proceedings prior or following the
consummation of such acquisitions. In some cases, such proceedings, if initiated, may conclude in a
requirement to divest portions of the acquired business;
•
the failure to successfully complete the integration associated with the transaction (including integrating any
acquired technology into our products), which may cause new markets we were aiming for not to materialize
or in which competitors may have a stronger market position; or
•
we may fail to effectively obtain the technological improvement.
Specifically, if we are unable to successfully or effectively integrate our current acquisition by merger of E2E, our
ability to grow our business or to operate our business effectively could be reduced, and our business, financial
condition and operating results could suffer. Even after we have completed the transaction, we cannot assure that we
will be able to integrate the operations of the acquired business without encountering difficulty regarding different
business strategies with respect to marketing and integration of personnel with disparate business backgrounds and
corporate cultures. The integration of E2E is still in progress and, as of the date of this Annual Report, we cannot
assure that such process will be completed without encountering difficulties. Failure to manage and successfully
complete a strategic transaction could materially harm our business operating results and cash flow. As a result, the
anticipated benefits or cost savings of such mergers and acquisitions or other restructuring activities may not be fully
realized, or at all, or may take longer to realize than expected. Acquisitions involve numerous risks, any of which
could harm our business, results of operations, cash flow and financial condition as well as the price of our ordinary
shares.
Our future operations are based on forward-looking forecasts, among other things, on market trends, future
business concepts and use cases, and customers’ needs and requirements, while there is no assurance that such
forecasts will materialize as we predicted. If we fail to rightfully identify those needs and trends, we may experience
a decline in the demand for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected.
We have based the future planning of our corporate, business, marketing and product strategies on the
forecasted evolution of the market developments, such as market trends, future use cases, business concepts,
technologies and future demand, and accordingly shape the development of our networks’ architecture design,
technological and operational solutions and service offering, so as to adapt to such estimated needs and changes. As
an example, part of our solutions are focused on Open RAN and on disaggregated architecture model. We cannot
assure you that the concept of our future planning and service offering (for example, Open RAN and disaggregation)
will be accepted, or that we have successfully forecasted or will continue to successfully forecast such trends, that the
markets will shape as we anticipated or that our service offering will indeed satisfy the future demand. A failure in
any of the above, may result in significant losses and a decline in the demand for our products, and may adversely
affect our financial results and reputation.
It is difficult to predict our gross margin as it is exposed to significant fluctuations as a result of potential changes
in the geographical mix of our revenues as well as product mix and software and services portions.
Our revenues are derived from multiple regions, each of which may consist of a number of countries. Gross
margin percentages, product mix, and software and services consummation volume, may vary significantly between
different regions and even among different countries within the same region and even within different customers in
the same country, dependent on the size and characteristic of specific deal terms. A significant change in the actual
ratio of our revenues among the different regions/countries, whereby the actual ratio of revenues from a higher gross
margin region/country exceeds our expectations, may cause our gross margin to significantly increase, while in case
the actual ratio of revenues from a lower gross-margin region/country exceeds our expectations, our gross-margin may
significantly decrease.
12
Increased breaches of network or information technology security could have an adverse effect on our business.
Cyber-attacks or other breaches of network or IT security may cause equipment failures or disrupt our
systems and operations, expose us to ransom demands or sensitive data leaks. We might be subject to attempts to
breach the security of our networks and IT infrastructure through cyber-attacks, malware, computer viruses and other
means of unauthorized access. While we maintain insurance coverage for some of these events, we cannot be certain
that our coverage will be adequate for liabilities actually incurred. While we take cybersecurity measures and maintain
redundancy and disaster recovery practices for our critical services, we cannot assure you that our cybersecurity
measures and technology will adequately protect us from these and other risks. Furthermore, our inability to operate
our facilities as a result of such events, even for a limited period of time, may result in significant expenses or the loss
of market share to our competitors. We may expend significant resources or modify our products to try to protect
against security incidents. The integration of E2E’s information systems poses cybersecurity risks that, if not properly
managed, could result in unauthorized access to sensitive data, operational disruptions, and potential financial
liabilities.
Maintaining the security of our products, computers and networks is a critical issue for us and our customers.
Therefore, each year we invest additional resources and technologies to better protect our assets. However, security
researchers, criminal hackers and other third parties regularly develop new techniques to penetrate computer and
network security measures. In addition, hackers also develop and deploy viruses, worms, Trojan horses and other
malicious software programs, some of which may be specifically designed to attack our products, systems, computers
or networks. Moreover, due to current labor market trends, a significant number of our employees or employees of
our vendors, suppliers and service providers, have moved to work from their homes and remotely access our or such
vendors’, suppliers’ or service providers’ IT networks. Such remote working mode creates the risk of attacking the
end-point user stations, connection channels and gateways. We have seen a significant increase of cyberattacks on
enterprises and individuals in recent years and we assume that we shall further be exposed to such threats going
forward. In addition, our and our vendors’, suppliers’ and service providers’ networks and IT systems are increasingly
being moved to cloud-based platforms such as IaaS (Infrastructure as a Service) and SaaS (Software as a Service) IT
solutions. These cloud-based arena poses risks of attack on and from the end-point user stations, connection channels
and gateways as well as the IaaS and SaaS infrastructures of our service providers. Additionally, external parties may
attempt to fraudulently induce our employees or users of our products to disclose sensitive information in order to
gain access to our data or our customers’ data. These potential breaches of our security measures and the accidental
loss, inadvertent disclosure or unauthorized dissemination of proprietary information or sensitive, personal or
confidential data about us, our employees or our customers, including the potential loss or disclosure of such
information or data as a result of hacking, fraud, trickery or other forms of deception, could expose us, our employees,
our customers or the individuals affected, to a risk of loss or misuse of this information, result in litigation and potential
liability or fines for us, damage to our brand and reputation or otherwise harm our business. Furthermore, the
increasingly growing capabilities of artificial intelligence (“AI”) and its availability for public use and adoption, may
be used to identify vulnerabilities in our systems craft sophisticated cyberattacks. The rising adoption of AI and
Generative AI in daily operations, research and development activities, and products poses additional and new risks,
including, without limitation, data privacy and security risks, intellectual property infringement or leakage, ownership
issues and/or confidentiality issues. Threats include potential data leaks, social engineering attacks, and decision-
making based on manipulated information. Growing regulatory requirements for information security and data
protection add to the challenge. Furthermore, cyberattacks and security incidents are expected to accelerate in both
frequency and impact as the use of AI increases and attackers become increasingly sophisticated and utilize tools and
techniques that are designed to circumvent controls, avoid detection, and remove or obfuscate forensic evidence.
Unauthorized use or behavior on part of our vendors’, suppliers’ and service providers’ employees or taking
insufficient cybersecurity measures by them, could result with data leaks and penetration to our databases that are
located or installed in their network. In addition, the shift to software solutions coupled with requirement to move data
to cloud-based and open-source environments impose enhanced cybersecurity challenges that can make our vendors,
suppliers and service providers more vulnerable to cyber-attacks.
In addition, since the beginning of the war between Israel and Hamas which began on October 7, 2023, and
other hostilities with Hezbollah, Iran and other Iranian proxies, Israeli and Israeli associated companies have become
more frequently the target of cyberattacks. As such, the risk of a cyberattack against our information technology
systems and data security may become heightened.
Cyber-attacks on our customers’ networks involving our products could have an adverse effect on our business.
13
Maintaining the security of our products (including newly introduced software products) which are installed
with our customers is a critical issue for us, therefore each year we invest additional resources and technologies to
better protect our assets. However, security researchers, criminal hackers and other third parties regularly develop new
techniques to penetrate computer and network security measures. Cyber-attacks, or other breaches of security on our
customers’ networks, may be initiated at any network location or device including initiation through our products.
Although we maintain high levels of cyber-security aware development processes, we cannot assure that such attacks,
or other breaches of security through our products, will fail and therefore may negatively affect our customers’
business. Moreover, criminal hackers or hackers associated with national governments, may target a customer of ours
or even try to get access to a wider group of the communication network users while devoting immense resources for
long-term access to industry, economy or critical infrastructure users, gather intelligence and develop the means to
disable their systems, which attacks are hard to detect, prevent and illuminate. Such attacks could be highly
sophisticated, such as slipping malware and Trojan horses and warms into software updates or systematically search
for vulnerabilities in our products or in the components we use even before it supplies to us, or using the Company’s
networks as a vector to spread malware, might lead to widespread damage and compromised security to the customers.
While we maintain insurance coverage for some of these events, we cannot be certain that our coverage will be
adequate for liabilities actually incurred. In addition, these events could also result in damage to our reputation which
will further negatively impact on our business.
Unauthorized use or behavior on part of our customers’ employees or taking insufficient cybersecurity
measures by certain customers, could result in data leaks and penetration to our systems that are located or installed
in its network. In addition, the shift to software solutions coupled with the requirement to move data to cloud-based
and open-source environments impose enhanced cybersecurity challenges that can make our products and services
more vulnerable to cyber-attacks. The rising adoption of AI and Generative AI in daily operations and products among
our customers, as well as among cyber-attackers, as described above, poses additional and new risks, including,
without limitation, data privacy and security risks, intellectual property infringement or leakage, ownership issues
and/or confidentiality issues.
These potential breaches of our security measures could expose our customers to network failures or other
related risks, result in litigation and potential liability or fines for us, damage to our brand and reputation or otherwise
harm our business.
Relying on third-party manufacturers, suppliers and service providers may disrupt the proper and timely
management of deliveries of our products, a risk that is intensified in the case of a single source supplier.
We outsource our manufacturing and the majority of our logistics operations and purchase ancillary
equipment for our products from contract and other independent manufacturers. Although during 2024, we have
invested efforts in diversifying our manufacturers and suppliers base, and despite our policy to maintain at least a
second source for all of our products’ components, disruption in deliveries or in operations of these and other third-
party suppliers or service providers, as a result of, for example, capacity constraints, production disruptions, price
increases, regulatory restrictions, force majeure events, as well as quality control problems related to components,
may all cause such third parties not to comply with their contractual obligations to us. This could have an adverse
effect on our ability to meet our commitments to customers and could increase our operating costs. For additional
information see “The global supply of electronic components has experienced, and may continue to experience, a
sharp increase in demand, while production capacity remains limited, which had, and may continue to have, an
adverse effect on the lead-time for our components and increased their prices”.
Although we believe that our contract manufacturers and logistics service providers have sufficient economic
incentive to perform our manufacturing and logistics services requirements, the resources devoted to these activities
are not within our control. We cannot assure you that manufacturing, or logistics problems will not occur in the future
due to insufficient resources devoted to our requirements by such manufacturers and logistics service providers, or
due to insolvency or other circumstances that could have a material adverse effect on those manufacturers and logistics
service providers’ operations. In addition, we cannot assure that we will have the ability or be in the position to demand
from our contract manufacturers to assume our obligations to our customers, apply the same terms back-to-back to
our contract manufacturers and suppliers, a risk that is intensified in the case of a single source supplier.
In addition, some of our contract manufacturers currently obtain key components from a limited number of
suppliers. Our contract manufacturers’ dependence on a single or sole source supplier, or on a limited number of
suppliers, subjects us to the following risks:
14
•
The component suppliers may experience shortages in components and interrupt or delay their shipments
to our contract manufacturers. Consequently, these shortages could delay the manufacture of our
products and shipments to our customers.
•
The component suppliers could discontinue the manufacture or supply of components used in our
systems. In such an event, we or our contract manufacturers may be unable to develop alternative sources
for the components necessary to manufacture our products, which could force us to redesign our products
or buy a large stock of the component into inventory before it is discontinued. Any such redesign of our
products would likely interrupt the manufacturing process and could cause delays in our product
shipments. Moreover, a significant modification in our product design may increase our manufacturing
costs and bring about lower gross margins. In addition, we may be exposed to excess inventory of such
component, which we will have to write-down in case the demand is not as high as we anticipated at the
time of buying these components.
•
The component suppliers may significantly increase component prices at any time and particularly if
demand for certain components increases dramatically in the global market which would have an adverse
effect on the Company’s business.
•
The component suppliers may significantly increase the time to produce and deliver their components at
any time resulting in an immediate effect. These lead time increases would delay our products’ delivery
timetable and could expose us to shortage in supply or late supplies that may trigger penalties, orders
cancellation and losing some of our customers.
•
The component suppliers may refuse or be unable to further supply such component for various reasons,
including, among other things, their prioritization, focus, regulations, force majeure events or financial
situation.
The materialization of the risks detailed above could result in delays in deliveries of our products to our
customers, which could subject us to penalties payable to our customers or cancellation of orders, increased warranty
costs as well as increases in manufacturing and shipment expenses in the case of expedited deliveries, and damage to
our reputation. If any of these problems occur, we may be required to seek alternate manufacturers or logistics service
providers and we may not be able to secure such alternate manufacturers or logistics service providers that meet our
needs and standards in a timely and cost-effective manner. Consequently, such occurrences, extra costs and penalties
could significantly reduce our gross margins and profitability. The above-mentioned risks are exacerbated in the case
of raw materials or component parts that are purchased from a single-source supplier.
The global supply of electronic components, including integrated circles, has experienced, and may continue to
experience an increase in demand, while production capacity remains limited, which had, and may continue to
have, an adverse effect on the lead-time for our components and increase in their prices.
The global demand for electronic components, including digital components, chipsets and semiconductors,
has experienced an increase in the past several years, with a growing number of industries increasing their demand
and consumption. This, together with the effect of trade embargos (and other factors effecting global shipment detailed
under “Our global operation exposes us to the effects of global economic trends, including recession, rising inflation,
rising interest rates, commodity price increases and fluctuations, commodity shortages and exposure to economic
slowdown”), have led to longer lead-time of electronic components, with many cases of a lead time longer than a year.
The lack of sufficient production facilities and capacity of the semiconductor foundry industry to meet such demand,
which created a shortage in chipsets, electronic equipment and components, has already caused, and may to continue
to cause, price increases and extensions of delivery time. As a result of this situation, we may be unable to obtain
essential components in a timely manner and at a reasonable cost that is necessary for us to remain competitive. During
such times, supplier-specific or industry-wide lead times for delivery can be as long as twelve months or more. If we
are unable to obtain components in a timely manner to fulfill our customers’ demand, or at a reasonable cost, we may
be unable to meet commitments under our contracts with customers, which could expose us to substantial liquidated
damages and other claims and could materially and adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition,
business and prospects. Additionally, an increase in lead time and the shortage in chipsets may result in delays in the
delivery of our products and in meeting the timetables for the execution of our projects, which may trigger penalties,
cancellation of orders and loss of some of our customers or market share. This has adversely affected, and may
continue to adversely affect, our costs (including a significant increase in production costs) and to erode our gross
margin. Furthermore, as our new Systems-on-Chip (SoC) commercialization and commencement of mass production
15
is highly dependent on the timely delivery of the chipsets, these delays may also adversely affect the
commercialization and mass production timetable, causing a delay in our ability to introduce and commercialize our
new SoC-based products and safeguard and maintain our position and market share as leaders in the introduction of
advanced 5G solution.
We experience high volatility in the supply needs of our customers, which from time to time lead to delivery issues
due to long lead time and availability of components and manufacturing power. If we fail to effectively cope with
such volatility and short-noticed supply demands of our customers, we may be unable to timely fulfill our customer
commitments which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The delivery requirements of our customers are unevenly spread throughout the year. We may receive very
large orders that were not forecasted, or that were expected with a different timing requirement. In addition, we offer
our products to our customers in a wide variety of product variations and configurations, and our inability to forecast
the quantities or mix of the delivery demands for our products may result in underestimating our material purchasing
needs, as well as production capacity requirements. If we fail to effectively manage our deliveries to the customers in
a timely manner, or otherwise fulfill our contractual obligations to them - for example if we are unable to synchronize
our supply chain and production process in cases of rapidly increasing production needs - the cost of our material
purchasing, manufacturing and logistics may increase and we may also be obligated to pay expediting fees to our
contract manufacturers or penalties to our customers for delays, and may be subject to order cancelation, all of which
would adversely affect our business, financial results and our relationship with our customers. This risk is heightened
with the expansion of our service offering, which allows us to access new customers, whose business practices and
supply needs we are not familiar with yet.
Due to inaccurate forecasts or business changes, we may be exposed to inventory-related losses on inventory
purchased by our contract manufacturers and other suppliers, or to increased expenses should unexpected
production ramp up be required. In addition, part of our inventory may be written off, which would increase our cost
of revenues.
Our contract manufacturers and other suppliers are required to purchase inventory based on manufacturing
projections we provide to them. If the actual orders from our customers are lower than projected, or the mix of products
ordered changes, or if we decide to change our product line and/or our product support strategy, our contract
manufacturers or other suppliers will have excess inventory of raw materials or finished products, which we would
typically be required to purchase, thus incurring additional costs and our gross profit and results of operations could
be adversely affected.
Further, we require our contract manufacturers and other suppliers from time to time, to purchase more
inventory than is immediately required and with respect to our contract manufacturers, to partially assemble
components, in order to shorten our delivery time in case of an increase in demand for our products. In the absence of
such increased demand, we may need to make advance payments, compensate our contract manufacturers or other
suppliers, or even buy the redundant inventory, as needed. We also may purchase components or raw materials from
time to time for use by our contract manufacturers in the manufacturing of our products. This may cause additional
write offs and may have a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flow.
Alternatively, if we underestimate our requirements and our actual orders from customers are significantly
larger than our planned forecast, we may be required to accelerate the production and purchase of supplies, which may
result in additional costs of buying components at less attractive prices, paying expediting fees and excess shipment
costs, overtime and other manufacturing expenses. As a result, our gross margins and results of operations could be
adversely affected.
Inventory of raw materials, work in-process or finished products located either at our warehouses or our
customers’ sites as part of the network build-up may accumulate in the future, and we may encounter losses due to a
variety of factors, including:
•
new generations of products replacing older ones, including changes in products because of
technological advances and cost reduction measures; and
•
the need of our contract manufacturers to order raw materials that have long lead times, our need to order
a Last Time Buy of end of life components and our inability to estimate exact amounts and types of
items thus needed.
Further, our inventory of finished products located either at our warehouse or our customers’ sites as part of
16
a network build-up may accumulate if a customer were to cancel an order or refuse to physically accept delivery of
our products, or in rollout projects, which include acceptance tests, refuse to accept the network. The rate of
accumulation may increase in a period of economic downturn.
Our international operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates and
restrictions related to foreign currency exchange controls.
We are a global company that operates in a multi-currency environment. Although we derive a significant
portion of our revenues in U.S. dollars, a portion of our revenues are derived from customers operating in local
currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Therefore, devaluation in the local currencies of our customers relative to the
U.S. dollar could cause our customers to cancel or decrease orders or to delay payment, which could have a negative
impact on our revenues and results of operations. We are also subject to other foreign currency risks including
repatriation restrictions in certain countries, particularly in Latin America, Asia Pacific and in Africa or significant
costs in converting local currencies to U.S. dollars. See the risk of “Due to the volume of our sales in emerging markets,
we are susceptible to a number of political, economic and regulatory risks that could have a material adverse effect
on our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations”.
A substantial portion of our operating expenses are denominated in NIS, and to a lesser extent, other non-
U.S. dollar currencies. Our NIS-denominated expenses consist principally of salaries and related costs as well as other
related personnel expenses. In addition, our lease and Israeli facility-related expenses and certain engagements with
other Israeli vendors are denominated in NIS as well. We anticipate that a portion of our expenses will continue to be
denominated in NIS. Devaluation of the U.S. dollar against the NIS, could have a negative impact on our results of
operations.
We used, and may use in the future, derivative financial instruments, such as foreign exchange forward
contracts, to mitigate the risk of changes in foreign exchange rates on our balance sheet accounts in various currencies
and also to hedge our forecasted NIS denominated cash flows. Each type of derivative instrument may have different
effect on our financial statements as explained in Note 2.q to our Consolidated Financial Statements. We do not use
derivative financial instruments or other “hedging” techniques to cover all our potential exposure and may not
purchase derivative instruments that adequately insulate us from foreign currency exchange risks. In some countries,
we are unable to use “hedging” techniques to mitigate our risks because hedging options are not available for certain
government restricted currencies. Moreover, derivative instruments are usually limited in time and as a result, cannot
mitigate currency risks for the longer term. During 2024, we incurred losses in the amount of $3.5 million as a result
of exchange rate fluctuations that have not been fully offset by our hedging policy. The volatility in the foreign
currency markets may make it challenging to hedge our foreign currency exposures effectively.
In some cases, we may face regulatory, tax, accounting or corporate restrictions on money transfer from the
country from which consideration should have been paid to us (or to our respective selling subsidiary) or revenues
could have accumulated and allocated to us, or could face general restriction on foreign currency transfer outside of
such country. Inability to collect and receive amounts that are already due and payable, could have a negative impact
on our results of operations.
We are expanding our service and software offerings to new areas, including managed services, Software-led
services, software-as-a-service (SaaS) and solutions for wireless communication networks design, implementation,
operation, monitoring and maintenance, either remotely or on premise, which pose product development,
marketing, sales, operation, implementation and support challenges that might result in significant losses and may
adversely affect our financial results and achievement of projected revenues levels.
We are expanding the services we offer to new areas including the introduction of managed services and
software-based tools and services to support design, implementation, operation, monitoring and maintenance of
wireless communication networks, either remotely or on-premise. The complexity of such solutions, the lack of
customer-experience in such SaaS and similar solutions and us having to operate and support such activities vis-à-vis
multiple third parties if demand increases rapidly without us having sufficient time to accommodate accordingly, all
increase the risk of not meeting our performance obligations. Furthermore, the selling of software solutions includes
inherent risks common for such type of activities, such as, among other things, cybersecurity vulnerability, unexpected
integration challenges, debugging, upgrading and increased need for version releases and underpricing. In addition,
new products and new versions of existing products or tools, are more prone to bugs, software failure and other
problems which may, among other things, adversely affect our ability to ramp up this activity or meet our
commitments to our customers, and may cause us to incur additional development, debugging and implementation
17
costs. Moreover, the outcome following such projects’ implementation may not be to the full satisfaction of the
customer or aligned with their expectations (whether or not justified), who may in turn, impose penalties against us or
exercise any other remedy available to it under agreement or law. Any of these risks, among others, may also cause
the NRE (Non-Recurring Engineering) and cost of such projects to be higher than planned.
Our planning, shaping and development of these software-based solutions is based on our experience and
understanding of the market needs and challenges, and forecasted evolution of market developments, such as market
trends, future use cases, business concepts, technologies and future demand. However, there is no assurance that we
have successfully forecasted or will continue to successfully forecast such trends and needs, that the markets will
accept our solutions as we anticipate or that our service offering will satisfy future demand, or that we will be able to
achieve our revenue targets in this field. A failure in any of the above, may result in significant losses and may
adversely affect our financial results and reputation.
Expansion into new market segments, such as the private networks market, may not be successful and could
adversely affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. Until such new service offering ramp-up,
we continue selling mostly in a single market domain, which may result in sensitivity to the changes in demand for
this market segment. If this segment should experience a decline in demand which is not replaced by our new
offerings, or we fail to adequately forecast our growth and revenues in these segments, we will likely experience a
negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We are currently in the process of expanding our business into a new market segment, private networks, of
which E2E acquisition by merger is part of, and may expand our business into additional market segments in the
future, as we seek to diversify our operations and customers’ base. Such business strategy involves numerous risks
and uncertainties, including but not limited to:
•
Market Acceptance: There is no guarantee that our products, solutions or services will gain
acceptance in the new market segment, which may be significantly different from our existing
markets in terms of customer preferences, culture, regulations, and competition.
•
Brand Development Risks: Establishing and building our brand in a new market segment, could
require significant time and resources, potentially delaying our planned growth trajectory. A
prolonged brand-building process may also reduce the speed at which we can realize revenues from
new segments.
•
Customer Service and Support: As we acquire new customers, our customer service and support
operations will need to expand and adapt to meet their needs. If we are unable to provide high-quality
customer service and support, our reputation and brand value could suffer, which may adversely
affect our customer retention rates and our company's overall performance.
•
Regulatory Compliance: Each new market segment is subject to specific regulations and compliance
requirements that we must adhere to. Non-compliance or changes in these regulations could result in
fines, sanctions, or other legal consequences that may have a material adverse effect on our business
and operations.
•
Increased Competition: New market segments often come with established competitors who have a
better understanding of the local market dynamics and customer base. We may face significant
competition, which can hinder our market penetration efforts and negatively impact our profitability.
•
Sales and Marketing Challenges: Successfully entering a new market segment typically requires
substantial sales and marketing efforts. There can be no assurance that our marketing strategies will
be effective in attracting new customers or that we can do so cost-effectively. Ineffective sales and
marketing efforts may lead to lower than expected sales and adversely affect our revenue and
profitability.
The above factors, among others, could prevent us from successfully entering new market segments and
could result in significant additional costs or a diversion of management’s attention and resources from other areas of
our business. Furthermore, if we invest substantial time and resources into such expansion and are unable to achieve
the desired results, our business, financial condition, and operating results could be adversely affected.
Our planning, shaping and development of new market segments is based on our experience and
understanding of the market needs and challenges, and forecasted evolution of market developments, such as market
18
trends, future use cases, business concepts, technologies, and future demand. However, there is no assurance that we
have successfully forecasted or will continue to successfully forecast our growth and revenues from these segments,
such trends and needs, that such market segments will accept our solutions as we anticipate or that our service offering
will satisfy future demand. Failure in any of the above, may result in significant losses and may adversely affect our
financial results and reputation.
Although we have revisited and updated our strategy to include, among other things, focus on private
networks market segments, as well as focus on offering of software based solutions and managed services, which we
believe will cause our Annual Recurring Revenues (ARR) portion to become more meaningful, it will take time for
our new offering and our focused market segments to materialize and mature.
Until recently, we mainly attributed our leadership position in our target market to the focus on the “best-of-
breed” market segment of the wireless transport market. Investment cycles in this market depend on technology cycles
of mobile networks services (e.g., 4G to 5G technologies) and the network requirements for wireless transport of each
technology. Hence, if this segment of the market or the service providers enter into a negative cycle, or our market
share in the market shrinks, while we have yet to implement our new business strategy, our sales and revenues may
decline, and our results of operations and cash flow may be significantly and adversely affected. In such case, we may
need to take cost reduction and other measures, which may adversely impact on our research and development,
operations, marketing and sales activities and our ability to effectively compete in the market.
Moreover, we used to develop and sell products mainly to one market domain of the wireless communication
market, characterized as point-to-point licensed wireless connectivity - often referred to as “backhaul” or simply
wireless “transport” - into this “best-of-breed” market segment. As a result, we were, and still are, more likely to be
adversely affected by a reduction in demand for point-to-point wireless transport products in comparison to companies
that also sell multiple and diversified product lines and solutions in different market domains. If technologies or market
conditions change, resulting in a decreased demand for our specific technology, and our new offering will not be
mature or material enough to compensate for it, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
results and financial condition as we attempt to address these issues.
Developing and commercializing new products may not be successful and could adversely affect our business,
financial condition, and operating results and if we are unable to introduce our new products, we will likely
experience a negative effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations
Our business performance may be dependent on our ability to develop and successfully commercialize new
products. The development of new products, such as our new SoC-based products, is a highly speculative endeavor
and may not be adequately forecasted. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in bringing any new
products to market. These risks include the following:
•
Innovation Uncertainty: The process of developing new products is lengthy, complex and uncertain.
It requires significant research, development, and testing, all of which may fail to result in viable
products. Our R&D efforts may not yield new products that can be commercialized.
•
Market Acceptance: There is a risk that new products may not achieve market acceptance, as our
target markets may not be receptive to our new products, or competitors may offer superior or more
cost-effective products.
•
Intellectual Property Risks: There is the risk associated with protecting new intellectual property and
potential infringement upon the intellectual property rights of others. If we cannot adequately protect
our intellectual property or if we infringe upon the rights of others, our competitive position may
suffer.
•
Manufacturing and Supply Chain Risks: We may encounter difficulties in scaling up production to
meet demand, including problems involving production yields, quality control and assurance, and
shortages of essential components.
•
Pricing and Reimbursement: There could be pricing pressure from competitors and difficulty in
obtaining adequate reimbursement for new products, which could affect their profitability.
•
Product Liability: New products are susceptible to defects, which could lead to liability and harm our
reputation.
19
The failure to successfully develop, produce, market, and sell new products could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Even if our new products are successful, they
may not generate revenues sufficient to justify our investments, and we may not achieve the desired profitability in
selling these products.
In addition, new products and new versions of existing products are more prone to technical problems which
may, among other things, adversely affect our ability to ramp up and to meet delivery commitments to our customers
in a timely manner, and may cause us to incur additional manufacturing, development and repair costs. This may have
a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
The markets for our products change rapidly. If we fail to timely develop, commercialize and market new products
and solutions, such as our SoC based-products, that keep pace with technological developments, the changing
industry standards and our customers’ needs, or if our competitors or new market entrants introduce their products
before us, we may not be able to grow, may lose market share or may not be able to sustain our business.
The wireless transport equipment industry is characterized by rapid technological developments, changing
customer needs that expect increase in product performance and evolving industry standards, as well as increasing
pressure to produce more cost-effective products. These rapid technological developments could either render our
products obsolete or require us to modify our products, necessitating significant investment, both in time and cost, in
new technologies, products and solutions. Our success depends, among other things, on our ability to maintain an
agile infrastructure that is capable of adapting to such changes in a timely manner, developing and marketing new
products or enhancing our existing products in a timely manner in order to keep pace with developments in technology,
customer requirements and competitive solutions offered by third parties, but we cannot assure you that any such
development or production ramp-up will be completed in a timely or cost-effective manner, or how the market will
receive or adopt our products compared to our competitors’ products.
We are continuously seeking to develop new products and enhance our existing products. In 2020 we released
our IP-50 products family, which joined our line of point-to-point wireless transport products, designed to deliver
premium wireless transport capabilities. In 2024, we expanded our product portfolio of the IP50 family with the new
IP-50CX and IP-50EX. In addition, we penetrated and improved the Siklu by Ceragon product line (Etherhaul and
Multihaul family) which intended to deliver solutions to various use cases in the private networks domain.
Furthermore, we recently launched our new SoC-based IP-100E platform, the 25Gbps E-band radio. However, the
mass production and productization of the IP-100E platform is planned for 2026, and therefore, we do not expect
significant commercialization of the IP-100E platform in 2025. Also, any delays in the launch of new SoC-based
products may cause us to lose our competitive advantage. Moreover, we cannot provide any assurance that our new
products will be accepted in the market or will result in profitable sales or that such products will not require additional
quality assurance and defect-fixing processes.
Furthermore, as noted above, we consider the wireless market transition from 4G to 5G technologies to be
one of our main growth engines in the foreseeable future. If our competitors or new market entrants will develop
products for this market that are, or are perceived to be, more advantageous to our customers from a technological
and/or financial (i.e., cost-benefit) perspective, or if they introduce and market their products prior to us doing so, they
may be able to better position themselves in the market and we may lose potential or existing market share, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial results and financial condition.
Our market is also characterized by a growing demand for more sophisticated and rich software-based
capabilities within the network IP layer (layer 3 routing/MPLS), some of which may require us to utilize and embed
additional components, either in hardware or software (including third-party software), in the solutions we provide.
We cannot assure you that we will continue to be successful in providing these necessary software-based capabilities
in a cost-effective manner, which could affect our business performance. Additionally, we have established
technological cooperation with third parties to address some of these capabilities, but we cannot assure that such
technological cooperation will be successful or achieve the expected results. If indeed such cooperation will not be
successful, we shall have to consider other alternatives, and such investigation and entering into new cooperation in
lieu of the failed ones, might cause a delay in the introduction of such capabilities.
In addition, new products and new versions of existing products are more prone to technical problems which
may, among other things, adversely affect our ability to ramp up and to meet delivery commitments to our customers
in a timely manner, and may cause us to incur additional manufacturing, development and repair costs. This may have
a material adverse effect on our business and results of operation.
20
Lastly, we cannot assure that we will successfully forecast technology trends or that we will anticipate
innovations made by other companies and respond with our own innovation in a timely manner, which could affect
our competitiveness in the market.
If we fail to attract or retain qualified and skilled “talents” and personnel, our business, operations and product
development efforts may be materially adversely affected.
Our products require sophisticated research and development, marketing and sales, and technical customer
support. Our success depends on our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel in all these professional
areas while also taking into consideration varying geographical needs and cultures. We compete with other companies
for personnel in all of these areas, both in terms of profession and geography, and we may not be able to hire sufficient
personnel to achieve our goals or support the anticipated growth in our business. The market for the highly trained
personnel we require globally is competitive, due to the limited number of people available with the necessary
technical skills and understanding of our products and technology. We experience competition on talent,
predominantly among R&D and technological personnel, or employees having experience or expertise in high-tech
and traded companies.
As the demand for qualified and highly skilled personnel is in constant demand, our ability to retain existing
“talents” and recruit new ones is becoming more challenging. Consequently, we may have to face with increasing
employment costs for existing and new personnel in professions characterized with high demand, and might have to
increase our equity-based long-term incentive programs, which in turn could result in the dilution of our shareholders
due to the exercise of such rights. Loss of senior level “talents”, including as a result of recent organizational changes
conducted in 2024 and further changes in 2025, may cause delays in our development efforts and operational
challenges as well as shortage in, and loss of, knowhow, knowledge, domain expertise and capabilities which cannot
always be immediately mitigated.
These risks are heightened in light of the recently initiated restructuring of our human resources and employee
structure, including the establishment of new research and development centers in additional countries and
management personnel shifting and organizational changes. Integrating new employees and establishing new research
and development centers, particularly in countries where we have limited operating experience, poses substantial
management and operational challenges. Furthermore, our ability to realize the benefits of our new research and
development centers hinges on recruiting a substantial number of qualified employees in countries where these
facilities are being established. We may face competition for talent in these markets, and there is no guarantee we will
be successful in attracting and retaining the necessary skilled workforce. The restructuring process and the assimilation
of a new workforce may cause disruptions to our existing operations and human resources management. Failure to
manage these factors and disruptions could lead to higher attrition rates, decrease in employee morale, and a loss of
productivity.
If we fail to attract and retain qualified personnel due to compensation or other factors, or to manage or
successfully perform in the above human resources related projects and disruptions, our business, operations and
product development and cost reduction efforts would suffer.
Our revenue and operating results are hard to predict and may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from
our expectations for any specific period.
Our quarterly results are difficult to predict and may vary significantly from quarter to quarter, or from our
expectations and guidance for any specific period. Most importantly, delays in product delivery or completion of
related services, delays in performing acceptance tests or delays in projects timetable on part of our customers or their
other vendors, can cause our revenues, net income and operating cash flow to deviate significantly from anticipated
levels, especially as a large portion of our revenues are traditionally generated towards the end of each quarter.
Additionally, as a significant portion of our business is concentrated with certain customers, who are not
obligated to purchase from us a fixed amount of products or services over any period of time and may terminate or
reduce their purchases from us at any time without prior notice or penalty, we have difficulty projecting future
revenues from these customers, which highly affect our overall revenue, cash-flow and business. Such customers may
also change the desired delivery schedule and adversely affect our revenues, working capital, and cash flow. In
addition to the inherent uncertainty associated with such business pattern, any credit crunch, distressed financial
situation or insolvency on the part of such customers, may adversely affect our ability to collect the balance due from
them and further expend the variation in our revenues and operating results.
21
Moreover, factors such as geographical mix, delivery terms and timeline(s), product mix, software portion,
related services mix and other deal terms, may differ significantly from our expectations, and thus impact our revenue
recognition timing, gross margins, costs and expenses, as well as cash flow from operations. In addition, the spending
decisions of our customers throughout the year may also create unpredictable fluctuations in the timing in which we
receive orders and can recognize revenues, which may impact on our quarterly results. Such unpredictable fluctuations
could be material in cases where these spending decisions are made by our largest customers or regarding significant
deals. Additionally, the aggregation of several revenue recognition requirements for each such transaction, results in
difficulty and complexity in establishing a firm prediction as to the end-of-term results, and consequently, our actual
revenue rates may significantly exceed or be less than our expectations.
We are engaged in providing installation or rollout projects for our customers and end users, whether directly or
via third party prime contractor, which are long-term projects that are subject to inherent risks, including early
delivery of our products with delayed payment terms, which expose us to our customers’ default, insolvency, or
other adverse effects on our customers’ ability to pay us, delays or failures in acceptance testing procedures and
other items beyond our control, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition.
Our offering includes long term projects for our customers and end-users, such as the networks rollout,
managed services, and related projects, whether directly or via a third party prime contractor. Some of those projects
are characterized by providing customers’ credit and long payment terms. This has an adverse effect on our working
capital and exposes us to the risks of default, insolvency, or other adverse effect on the customer’s ability to pay us.
Although we hedge or insure some of those risks, the entire exposure cannot be covered. This may result in significant
losses and may adversely affect our financial results.
In certain projects, we serve as an integrator and prime contractor of end-to-end rollout projects, which
include installation and other services for our customers. In this context, we may act as the prime contractor and
equipment supplier for network build-out projects, providing installation, supervision and commissioning services
required for these projects, or we may provide such services and equipment (or part thereof) for projects handled by
others, primarily system integrators.
These rollout projects often require us to deliver products and services representing an important portion of
the contract price before receiving any significant payment from the customer, as significant amounts are to be paid
by our customers over time, which expose us to our customers’ default, insolvency, or other adverse effects on our
customers’ ability to pay us. In cases where we do not serve as prime contractors as aforesaid, and acting as
subcontractors to a prime contractor, and the full project is handled by others, even if we have delivered to our
commitments, there is a risk that we will not be able to receive payments in a timely fashion due to failure or default
on part of the prime contractor or other issues which are not related to the performance of our portion of the project,
causing payment delays by the end customers. Therefore, rollout projects could cause us to experience significant
collection issues and as a result substantial period-to-period fluctuations in our results of operations, cash flow and
financial condition.
Once a purchase order has been executed, the timing and amount of revenue may remain difficult to predict.
The completion of the installation and testing of the customer’s networks and the completion of all other suppliers’
network elements are subject to the customer’s timing and efforts, and other factors outside our control, such as site
readiness for installation or availability of power and access to sites, which may prevent us from making predictions
of revenue with any certainty.
Also, as we usually engage subcontractors, third party service providers and temporary employees to perform
a significant part of the work (such as installation, supervision, on-site testing, commissioning, repair and replacement
services), we are dependent on such service providers’ and temporary employees’ timely and quality performance,
including with respect to the fulfillment of or default under their back-to-back obligations to those we may have
undertaken vis-à-vis our customers, as well as pricing that may fluctuate significantly due to various factors. All these
factors may affect our ability to accurately project our costs and profits in providing these services and may result in
significant deviations from our projections, which may adversely affect our financial results. In addition, we may be
subject to other risks that may apply to our subcontractors or associated with their businesses.
In some of these projects, we may need to provide bank guarantees to ensure successful completion of the
rollout services, to secure an advance payment we have received, in case we fail to meet our obligations, or to secure
our warranty obligations. As a result, in these projects we assume greater financial risk.
22
In addition, typically in rollout projects, we are dependent on the customer to issue acceptance certificates to
generate and recognize revenue. In such projects, we bear the risks of loss and damage to our products until the
customer has issued an acceptance certificate upon successful completion of acceptance tests. Moreover, we are not
always the prime integrator in these projects and in such cases, the acceptance may be delayed even further since it
depends on the acceptance of other network elements not in our control. The early deployment of our products during
a long-term project reduces our cash flow, as we generally collect a significant portion of the contract price after
successful completion of an acceptance test. If our products are damaged or stolen, if the network we install does not
pass the acceptance tests or if the customer does not or will not issue an acceptance certificate, the end user or the
system integrator could refuse to pay us any balance owed and we would incur substantial costs, including fees owed
to our installation subcontractors, increased insurance premiums, transportation costs and expenses related to repairing
or manufacturing the products. In such a case, we may not be able to repossess the equipment, thus suffering additional
losses.
Our service offering includes full design and implementation of wireless communication networks, while
also using technologies of third-party vendors. The complexity of such projects and the reliance on third parties’
performance is increasing the risk of not meeting our performance obligations. As a result, the completion of such
projects may be delayed, or the outcome may not be to the full satisfaction of the customer, who may in turn, impose
penalties or exercise any other remedy available to customers in the service contract. In addition, the cost of such
projects may be higher than planned. This may result in significant losses and may adversely affect our financial
results.
We are exposed to risks associated with integrating AI tools into our operations.
Ceragon integrates AI/ML into network optimization, predictive maintenance and operations tools to enhance
efficiency and decision-making. As another example, our employees and personnel may use Generative AI to perform
certain tasks in their work. The integration of AI/ML introduces inherent risks such as data privacy, intellectual
property disputes, cybersecurity vulnerabilities, confidentiality concerns, and regulatory non-compliance that may
arise from the deployment or misuse of AI systems. Additionally, reliance on AI poses risks, including biased or
flawed predictions and inaccurate network optimizations if models are not continuously updated. While AI enhances
automation, human oversight remains critical to mitigate errors and unintended consequences.
Our use of AI/ML models hosted or developed by third party providers also presents certain information
security risks. For example, any sensitive information that we input into such AI/ML platform could be leaked or
disclosed to others, including if sensitive information is used to train third party AI/ML. Where an AI/ML model
ingests sensitive information and makes connections using such data, those technologies may reveal other sensitive
information generated by the model. AI/ML models may create flawed, incomplete, or inaccurate outputs, some of
which may appear correct. This may happen if the inputs that the model relied on were inaccurate, incomplete or
flawed (including if a bad actor “poisons” the AI/ML with bad inputs or logic), or if the logic of the AI/ML is flawed.
Adopting and maintaining AI and ML technologies may increase operational costs due to computing
demands and specialized expertise requirements, and even if we are successful in maintaining such technologies, our
competitors or other third parties may incorporate AI and ML into their businesses more quickly or more successfully
than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively and adversely affect our results of operations. If our
technologies (including those of our vendors and subcontractors) fail to perform as intended, our business, financial
condition, and results of operations could be adversely affected. Misuse of AI could also result in significant damage
to our reputation. Additionally, we may incur substantial litigation costs related to the use of AI, including but not
limited to due to flawed AI/ML outputs.
Changes in legal or regulatory frameworks surrounding AI usage may further pose compliance risks or limit
the development and application of these technologies. For example, many U.S. federal and state and foreign
government bodies and agencies have introduced and/or are currently considering additional laws and regulations
governing the use of AI technologies. Any such changes could require us to expend significant resources to modify
our business processes, or operations to ensure compliance or remain competitive.
We are subject to various regulations and standards relating to data privacy and security. Failure to
comply with any applicable privacy, security, data protection laws, regulations, standards or other requirement
could have an adverse effect on our business prospects, results of operations, and financial condition.
23
As a public company with significant operations in Israel, the United States, Europe and many other
countries, we are subject to regulation and must comply with reporting and other requirements in a number of
jurisdictions, and may from time to time be reviewed and investigated by the relevant authorities. As such reviews
progress, the regulating agencies may determine that we are and have been in compliance with applicable rules, or
they may determine to pursue enforcement actions or other sanctions against us for alleged noncompliance. The
regulatory framework for data and privacy protection issues is rapidly evolving worldwide. Comprehensive data
protection laws, including the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), imposes stricter obligations and provides
for greater penalties for noncompliance. Additionally, laws in all 50 U.S. states require businesses to provide notice
to parties whose personally identifiable information has been disclosed as a result of a data breach. The laws are not
consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is costly. In addition, failure to comply with the
Israeli Privacy Protection Law 1981 and its regulations (PPL), as well as the guidelines of the Israeli Privacy Protection
Authority, may expose us to administrative fines, civil claims (including class actions) and, in certain cases, criminal
liability. In August 2025, a comprehensive amendment to the PPL is expected to enter into effect. This amendment
aims to strengthen the Israeli Privacy Protection Authority’s enforcement powers and grant it significant authority to
impose administrative fines for non-compliance. The amendment is also expected to introduce broader oversight
capabilities, alongside mechanisms for monitoring adherence to privacy guidelines, thereby heightening the
compliance requirements for organizations that handle personal data in Israel. While we have invested in, and intend
to continue to invest in, reasonably necessary resources to comply with these evolving privacy standards, to the extent
that we fail to adequately comply, that failure could have an adverse effect on our business, financial conditions,
results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to complex and evolving regulatory requirements that may be difficult and expensive to comply with
and that could adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our business and operations are subject to regulatory requirements in Israel and in other jurisdictions where
we operate or where our subsidiaries’ offices are located, including, among other things, with respect to government
contracts, global trade compliance, export controls, trade sanctions, labor, tax, anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and data
privacy and protection. In addition, certain countries have put regulations in place requiring local manufacturing of
goods, while foreign-made products are subject to pricing penalties or even bans from participation in public
procurement auctions. Compliance with these regulatory requirements may be onerous, time-consuming, and
expensive, especially where these requirements vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction or where the jurisdictional reach
of certain requirements is not clearly defined or seeks to reach across national borders. Regulatory requirements in
one jurisdiction may make it difficult or impossible to do business in another jurisdiction. Moreover, the cross-border
nature of our business operations may trigger not only a responsibility to comply with Israeli trade compliance and
export control legislation but also a responsibility to comply with certain applicable foreign trade and export control
regulations. Certain of such requirements may also vary from the jurisdiction in which we operate to jurisdictions in
which our suppliers, customers or resellers are operating. If we or our suppliers fail to obtain any required export
licenses, or where existing licenses are revoked or become subject to export restrictions, our ability to manufacture,
market and sell our products and services could be adversely affected, all of which could have a material adverse
effect on our results of operations or financial condition.
Additionally, we may be limited in our ability to transfer or outsource certain aspects of our business to
certain jurisdictions, and may be limited in our ability to undertake research, development, or sales activities in certain
jurisdictions, or we may be unsuccessful in obtaining permits, licenses or other authorizations required to operate our
business, such as for the marketing, sale, import or export of products, solutions and services, which may adversely
affect our business, operations and results. We rely on a global supply chain and on certain marketing channels that
may be similarly affected by these regulatory requirements. We cannot assure you that despite our efforts we will be
able to successfully or effectively assure that all of our suppliers, agent and resellers will adhere, or will succeed in
making sure that their suppliers or customers adhere, to the regulatory requirements that flow down to them. Further,
these regulatory requirements are subject to change and governments around the world are adopting a growing number
of compliance and enforcement initiatives. In particular, the pace and scope of changes to global trade control
regulations has increased dramatically over the past years, in multiple jurisdictions relevant to our business. These
regulations may continue to increase and change at an unusually rapid pace. It has been and may continue to be
increasingly difficult to keep up with the pace and scope of these changes. Violations of applicable laws or regulations,
including by our officers, employees, contractors or agents, may harm our reputation and deter governments and
governmental agencies and other existing or potential customers or partners from purchasing our solutions.
Furthermore, non-compliance with applicable laws or regulations could result in fines, damages, civil penalties, or
24
criminal penalties against us, our officers or our employees, restrictions on the conduct of our business, and damage
to our reputation. While we make efforts to comply with such regulatory requirements, we cannot assure you that we
will be fully successful in our efforts, or that that regulatory changes will not negatively affect our ability to develop,
manufacture and sell the products, solutions and services we offer.
Our business is subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect the environment, and the
failure to comply with current or future environmental requirements could expose the Company to criminal, civil
and administrative charges.
Our business is subject to numerous laws and regulations designed to protect the environment, including with
respect to discharge management of hazardous substances. Although we believe that we comply with these
requirements and that such compliance does not have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial
condition or cash flows, the failure to comply with current or future environmental requirements could expose the
Company to criminal, civil and administrative charges. Due to the nature of our business and environmental risks, we
cannot provide assurance that any such material liability will not arise in the future.
Our wireless communications products emit electromagnetic radiation. While we are currently unaware of
any negative effects associated with our products, there has been publicity regarding the potentially negative direct
and indirect health and safety effects of electromagnetic emissions from wireless telephones and other wireless
equipment sources, including allegations that these emissions may cause cancer. Health and safety issues related to
our products may arise that could lead to litigation or other actions against us or to additional regulation of our
products, and we may be required to modify our technology without the ability to do so. Even if these concerns prove
to be baseless, the resulting negative publicity could affect our ability to market these products and, in turn, could
harm our business and results of operations. Claims against other wireless equipment suppliers or wireless service
providers could adversely affect the demand for our transport solutions.
We have significant operations globally, including in countries that may be adversely affected by political or
economic instability, major hostilities or acts of terrorism, which expose us to risks and challenges associated with
conducting business internationally.
Certain of the regions in which we operate may be more susceptible to political and economic instability,
such as the state of war declared in Israel in October 2023 and the related regional conflicts, and the military activity
in the region, and the ongoing conflicts between China and Taiwan and Russia and Ukraine, that could result in a loss
of sales and business in such regions, and may prevent us from participating in governmental and private tenders or
other competitive procurement procedures. The invasion of Ukraine by Russia is likely to have numerous adverse
effects on the global and European markets in which we operate. Sanctions and export controls imposed by the U.S.
U.K. and E.U. countries significantly limit trade with Russian entities and individuals, requiring us to apply for export
licenses and approval for orders placed by Russian customers or that are to be delivered to Russian end-users. We
have been recently denied certain license application we submitted to the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of
Industry Security, and there is no assurance that such licenses and permissions shall be awarded in the future. These
new regulatory measures may also lead to the cancellation or suspension of orders in the short term as well as a more
long-term loss of market share to competitors who are unaffected or do not seek to comply with the new Russia-related
trade limitation. Furthermore, as Russia is a global source of raw materials, oil and gas and additional goods and
commodities, the ongoing war and hostility also disrupts the supply of these resources (in addition to the imposition
of sanctions and embargoes), causes price increases, shortage, disruption to deliveries, shipping and transportation.
These disruptions are reflected both in price increases and shortages impacting our contract manufacturers and
suppliers, and adversely affect our production and supply chain costs and timelines.
The international environment in which we operate is affected by inter-country trade agreements and tariffs.
As a result of recent revisions in the U.S. administrative policy there are, and may be additional, changes to existing
trade agreements, greater restrictions on free trade and significant increases in tariffs on goods imported into the United
States. Therefore, there is current uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and other
countries with respect to trade policies, taxes, government regulations, and tariffs, and we cannot predict whether, and
to what extent, U.S. trade policies will change in the future, including as a result of changes by the new U.S.
presidential administration. For example, the U.S. has recently signaled its intention to change U.S. trade policy,
including potentially renegotiating or terminating existing trade agreements and leveraging tariffs. In February 2025,
the U.S. imposed tariffs on imports from China, Canada and Mexico. These additional tariffs or any future tariffs or
retaliation by another government against such tariffs or policies have introduced significant uncertainty into the
25
market. Future actions of the U.S. administration and that of foreign governments, with respect to tariffs or
international trade agreements and policies, remain currently unclear.
Our global headquarters and several manufacturing and R&D facilities are located in Israel and currently
remain largely unaffected, and we have no manufacturing or R&D facilities in Russia or Ukraine. However, the
duration, severity and global implications (including potential inflation and devaluation consequences) of these and
other geopolitical conflicts that may arise in the future, cannot be predicted at this time and could have an effect on
our business, exchange rate exposure, supply chain, operational costs and commercial presence in these markets.
Significant portions of our operations are conducted outside the markets in which our products are sold, and
accordingly we often import a substantial number of products into such markets. We may, therefore, be denied access
to our customers or suppliers or denied the ability to ship products as a result of a closing of the borders of the countries
in which we sell our products, or in which our or our suppliers’ operations are located, due to economic, legislative,
political and military conditions, including hostilities and acts of terror, in such countries.
Our corporate headquarters and a portion of our manufacturing activities are located in Israel. Our Israeli
operations are dependent upon materials imported from outside Israel. Accordingly, our operations and information
technology systems could be materially and adversely affected by acts of terrorism, including through cybersecurity
threats, or if major hostilities were to occur in the Middle East or trade between Israel and its present trading partners
were materially impaired, including as a result of acts of terrorism in the United States or elsewhere. The state of war
declared in Israel in October 2023, and the military activity and regional conflicts, may result in disruption to our
operations and facilities, such as our manufacturing and R&D facilities located in Israel, and impact our employees,
some of which are military reservists being called to active military duty, and impact the economic, social and political
stability of Israel.
The widespread outbreak of an illness or any other communicable disease, or any other public health crisis, and
the governmental and societal responses thereto, could adversely affect our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
Widespread outbreaks of disease or other public health crises and responses thereto have in the past and may in
the future negatively impact the global economy, disrupt global supply chains and create significant volatility and
disruption of financial markets. For example, during the COVID-19 pandemic, which resulted in authorities imposing,
and businesses and individuals implementing, numerous measures to try to contain the virus, our global operations,
which require physical presence in many stages of our business activities, were particularly vulnerable to the
consequences of such measures. The new working environment that emerged as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic,
with many employees working remotely, also increased the exposure of many companies, including us, to cyber-
attacks and data security breaches. Future outbreaks of disease, including a resurgence of COVID-19, could similarly
have a material adverse impact on the global economy, our supply chain and our business operations.
It is not possible to predict the impact of future outbreaks of disease or the government responses thereto. Any
disruptions caused by any new outbreaks of disease that may emerge in the future could have a material adverse impact
on our operational and financial performance, including our ability to execute our business strategies in the expected
time frame or at all.
Additional tax liabilities could materially adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
As a global corporation, we are subject to income and other taxes both in Israel and in various foreign jurisdictions
including indirect as well as withholding taxes, and significant judgment is required in determining our provision for
income taxes. Our domestic and international tax liabilities are subject to the allocation of revenues and expenses in
different jurisdictions and differentiation in the timing of recognizing revenues and expenses. Our tax expense includes
estimates or additional tax, which may be incurred for tax exposures and reflects various estimates and assumptions,
including assessments of our future earnings that could impact the valuation or recognition of our deferred tax assets.
From time to time, we are subject to income and other tax audits, the timing of which is unpredictable. Our future
results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in our effective tax rate as a result of a change in the mix
of earnings in countries with differing statutory tax rates, changes in our overall profitability, changes in local tax
legislation and rates, changes in tax treaties, changes in international tax guidelines (such as the OECD Base Erosions
and Profit Shifting project – known as BEPS), changes in generally accepted accounting principles, changes in the
valuation or recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities, the results of audits and examinations of previously filed
tax returns and continuing assessments of our tax exposures. While we believe we comply with applicable tax laws,
there can be no assurance that a governing tax authority will not have a different interpretation of the law and impose
26
additional taxes. In 2024, we concluded a tax assessment with a positive outcome and no additional income tax
payment, however we received new tax assessments from local tax authorities in two territories in which we operate.
The Company is in the process of challenging such new assessments, however if these tax assessments are accepted,
we may be required to pay penalties in addition to the specific tax payment demand. Although we believe our estimates
are reasonable, the ultimate outcome of tax audits, assessments and related litigation could be different from our
provision for taxes including the reserve provided for uncertain tax positions and may have a material adverse effect
on our consolidated financial statements and cash flows. Should we be assessed with additional taxes, there could be
a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Due to the volume of our sales in emerging markets, we are susceptible to a number of political, economic and
regulatory risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, financial condition and
results of operations. This includes the business practices in such emerging markets, that may expose us to legal
and business conduct-related regulatory risks.
A majority of our sales are made in emerging economies in Latin America, India, Asia Pacific and Africa.
For each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, sales in these regions accounted for approximately 63%
and 62% of our revenues, respectively. As a result, the occurrence of international, political, regulatory or economic
events in these regions could adversely affect our business and result in significant revenue shortfalls and collection
risk. Any such revenue shortfalls and/or collection risks could have material adverse effects on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. Furthermore, other governmental action related to tariffs or international trade
agreements, changes in U.S. social, political, regulatory and economic conditions or in laws and policies governing
foreign trade, manufacturing, development and investment in the territories and countries, where our customers are
located, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.
Below are the main risks and challenges that we face as a result of operating in emerging markets:
•
unexpected or inconsistent changes in regulatory requirements, including security regulations, licensing
and allocation processes;
•
unexpected changes in or imposition of tax, tariffs, customs levies or other barriers and restrictions;
•
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;
•
restrictions on currency and cash repatriation;
•
the burden of complying with a variety of foreign laws, including foreign import restrictions which may
be applicable to our products;
•
difficulties in protecting intellectual property;
•
laws and business practices favoring local competitors;
•
collection delays and uncertainties;
•
difficulties in transferring or obtaining funds from certain countries within these emerging markets;
•
requirements to do business in local currency; and
•
judicial systems that do not apply the principles of natural justice with regard to disputes with foreign
nationals.
In addition, local business practices in jurisdictions in which we operate, and particularly in emerging
markets, may be inconsistent with international regulatory requirements, such as anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws
and regulations, to which we are subject. It is possible that, notwithstanding our strict policies and in violation of our
instructions, employees of ours, subcontractors, agents or business partners may violate such legal and regulatory
requirements, which may expose us to criminal or civil enforcement actions. If we fail to comply with or effectively
enforce such legal and regulatory requirements, our business and reputation may be harmed, and we might be exposed
to civil and criminal penalties or sanctions.
All of these risks could result in increased costs or decreased revenues, either of which could have a materially
adverse effect on our profitability.
An industry downturn, reduction in our customers’ profitability due to increased regulation or new mobile services
27
requirements, may cause investments in networks to slow, be delayed or stop, which could harm our business.
We are exposed to changing network models that affect operator and government spending on infrastructure
as well as trends in investment cycles of telecom operators and other service providers. The changes include but are
not limited to: (i) further expansion of coverage; expansion out of metro, as well as other urban and suburban areas to
rural areas; (ii) densification and optimization of the 4G networks to provide faster speeds; (iii) introduction of 5G
services as well as expansion and densification of the 5G networks; and (iv) 2G and/or 3G networks shutdown, which
is expected to take place within the next several years and designed to free spectrum for the delivery of 5G services.
We are also exposed to private networks investment coming from businesses, governmental entities and other
public domains. Private networks can be an alternative to the Public Networks and may alternatively support owners’
objectives, such as coverage, capacity, speed, security, and others. The demand for investments in private networks is
dynamic and slowdown or delay in such investments may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results
and financial condition.
The proliferation of strategic options for service providers, as outlined above, coupled with uncertain
development path and clarity as to the future standards and mass-market use cases, may cause service providers to
prolong evaluations of services and network strategies, resulting in slower and smaller budget spent in the next several
years, which may negatively affect our business. In addition, the intensification of use of “over-the-top services” -
which make use of the operators’ network to deliver rich content to users but do not generate revenue to operators - is
causing operators to lose a substantial portion of their potential revenues. In addition, changes in regulatory
requirements in certain jurisdictions around the world are allowing smaller operators to enter the market, which may
also reduce our customers’ pricing to their end-users, further causing them to lose revenues. This has made operators
more careful in their spending on infrastructure upgrades and buildouts.
As a result, operators are looking for more cost-efficient solutions and network architectures, which will
allow them to break the linearity of cost, coverage, capacity and costs of service delivery through more efficient use
of existing infrastructure and assets. If operators fail to monetize new services, fail to introduce new business models
or experience a decline in operator revenues or profitability, their willingness or ability to invest further in their
network systems may decrease, which will reduce their demand for our products and services and may have an adverse
effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Our sales cycles in connection with competitive bids or to prospective customers are lengthy.
It typically takes from three to twelve months after we first begin discussions with a prospective customer,
before we receive an order from that customer, if an order is received at all. In some instances, we participate in
competitive bids, in tenders issued by our customers or prospective customers, and these tender processes can continue
for many months before a decision is made by the customer. In addition, even after the initial decision is made, there
may be a lengthy testing and integration phase or contract negotiation phase before a final decision to purchase is
made. In some cases, even if we have signed a contract and our products were tested and approved for usage, it could
take a significant amount of time until the customer places purchase orders, if at all. As a result, we are required to
devote a substantial amount of time and resources to secure sales. In addition, the lengthy sales cycle results in greater
uncertainty with respect to any particular sale, as events that impact customers’ decisions occur during such cycle and
in turn, increase the difficulty of forecasting our results of operations and may cause an increase in inventory levels
and our liability to our suppliers, and a risk for inventory write downs and write-offs.
If we fail to obtain regulatory approval for our products, or if sufficient radio frequency spectrum is not allocated
for use by our products, our ability to market our products may be restricted.
Generally, our products must conform to a variety of regulatory requirements and international treaties
established to avoid interference among users of transmission frequencies and to permit interconnection of
telecommunications equipment. Any delays in compliance with respect to our future products could delay the
introduction of those products. Also, these regulatory requirements may change from time to time, which could affect
the design and marketing of our products as well as the competition we face from other suppliers’ products, which
may not be affected as much from such changes. Delays in the allocation of new spectrum for use with wireless
transport communications, such as the E, V, D and W bands in various countries, at prices which are competitive for
our customers, may also adversely affect the marketing and sales of our products.
In addition, in most jurisdictions in which we operate, users of our products are generally required to either
have a license to operate and provide communications services in the applicable radio frequency or must acquire the
28
right to do so from another license holder. Consequently, our ability to market our products is affected by the allocation
of the radio frequency spectrum by governmental authorities, which may be by auction or other regulatory selection.
These governmental authorities may not allocate sufficient radio frequency spectrum for use by our products. We may
not be successful in obtaining regulatory approval for our products from these authorities and as we develop new
products either our products or some of the regulations will need to change to take full advantage of the new product
capabilities in some geographies. Historically, in many developed countries, the lack of available radio frequency
spectrum has inhibited the growth of wireless telecommunications networks. If sufficient radio spectrum is not
allocated for use by our products, our ability to market our products may be restricted, which would have a materially
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, regulatory decisions
allocating spectrum for use in wireless transport at frequencies used by our competitors’ products, could increase the
competition we face. In addition, the 5G rollout could be contingent upon the allocation of the radio frequency
spectrum by governmental authorities which could cause a delay in the ramp up of those activities.
Other areas of regulation and governmental restrictions, including tariffs on imports and technology controls
on exports or regulations related to licensing and allocation processes, could adversely affect our operations and
financial results.
Our products are used in critical communications networks, which may subject us to significant liability claims.
Since our products are used in critical communications and private networks, we may be subject to
significant liability claims if our products do not work properly. The terms of agreements with our customers do not
always provide sufficient protection from liability claims. In addition, any insurance policies we have may not
adequately cover our exposure with respect to such claims. We warrant to our current customers that our products
will operate in accordance with our product specifications, but if our products fail to conform to these specifications,
our customers could require us to remedy the failure or could assert claims for damages. Liability claims could
require us to spend significant time and money on litigation or to pay significant damages. Such exposure to claims
may be heightened in the private networks sector, as a substantial portion of these networks are mission-critical.
These include networks operated by electricity companies, oil and gas companies, police departments, and other
essential services. An outage in these networks carries a significantly higher business impact and potentially even
societal consequences. Any such claims, successful or not, would be costly and time-consuming to defend, and
could divert management’s attention and seriously damage our reputation and our business.
Our failure to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could result in material
misstatements in our financial statements or a failure to meet our reporting obligations. This may expose us to
fines and damages and cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could result
in a decline of the trading price of our shares.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial
reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. If we conclude in the future that our internal
controls over financial reporting are not effective, we may fail to meet our future reporting obligations on a timely
basis, our financial statements may contain material misstatements, our operating results may be negatively impacted,
and we may be subject to litigation and regulatory actions, causing investor perceptions to be adversely affected and
potentially resulting in a decline in the market price of our shares. Even if we conclude that our internal controls over
financial reporting are adequate, any internal control or procedure, no matter how well designed and operated, can
only provide reasonable assurance of achieving desired control objectives and cannot prevent all mistakes or
intentional misconduct or fraud.
We could be adversely affected by our failure to comply with the covenants in our credit agreement or by the failure
of any bank to provide us with credit under committed credit facilities.
We have a committed credit facility available for our use from a syndicate of several banks. Our credit
agreement contains financial and other covenants. Any failure to comply with the covenants, including due to poor
financial performance, may constitute a default under the credit facility, which may have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition. In addition, the payment may be accelerated, and the credit facility may be cancelled upon an
event, in which a current or future shareholder acquires control (as defined under the Israeli Securities Law) of us. For
more information, please refer to Item 5: “OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS; B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
In addition, the credit facility is provided by the syndication with each bank agreeing severally (and not
jointly) to make its agreed portion of the credit loans to us. If one or more of the banks providing the committed credit
29
facility were to default on its obligation to fund its commitment, the portion of the committed facility provided by such
defaulting bank would not be available to us.
In the event that the credit facility is terminated in accordance with its terms, including due to breach of
covenants by us, or if it is not renewed and we are not able to secure alternative financing, we could experience
distressed cash flow or cash flow challenges that could harm our business operations and prospects, results of
operations, cash flow and financial position.
If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position may be harmed.
Our ability to compete will depend, in part, on our ability to obtain and enforce intellectual property
protection for our technology internationally. We currently rely upon a combination of trade secret, patent, trademark
and copyright laws, as well as contractual rights, to protect our intellectual property. However, as our patent portfolio
may not be as extensive as those of our competitors, we may have limited ability to assert any patent rights in
negotiations with, or in counterclaims against, competitors who assert intellectual property rights against us.
We also enter into confidentiality, non-competition and invention assignment agreements with our employees
and contractors engaged in our research and development activities, as well as non-disclosure agreements with our
suppliers and certain customers so as to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information. We cannot assure
you that any steps taken by us will be adequate to deter misappropriation or impede independent third-party
development of similar technologies. These risks might be more severe in territories in which we have recently
established research and development centers. Moreover, under current law, we may not be able to enforce the non-
competition agreements with our employees to their fullest extent.
We cannot assure you that the protection provided for our intellectual property by the laws and courts of
foreign nations will be substantially similar to the remedies available under U.S. law. Furthermore, we cannot assure
you that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us based on foreign intellectual property rights and
laws that are different from those established in the United States. Any such failure or inability to obtain or maintain
adequate protection of our intellectual property rights, for any reason, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, in an effort to further grow our business, we may also sell our innovative Systems-on-Chip (SoC),
which we use within our products, to some of our larger competitors, with full or limited access to our technology
capabilities, over which they may design products that more effectively compete with our own.
Defending against intellectual property infringement claims could be expensive and could disrupt our business.
The wireless equipment industry is characterized by vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property
rights, which has resulted in often protracted and expensive litigation. We have been exposed to infringement
allegations in the past, and we may in the future be notified that we or our vendors, allegedly infringed certain patent
or other intellectual property rights of others. Any such litigation or claim could result in substantial costs and diversion
of resources. In the event of an adverse result of any such litigation, we could be required to pay substantial damages
(including potentially punitive damages and attorney’s fees should a court find such infringement willful), or to cease
the use and licensing of allegedly infringing technology and the sale of allegedly infringing products (including those
we purchase from third parties). We may be forced to expend significant resources to develop non-infringing
technology, obtain licenses for the infringing technology or replace infringing third party equipment. We cannot assure
you that we would be successful in developing such non-infringing technology, that any license for the infringing
technology would be available to us on commercially reasonable terms, if at all, or that we would be able to find a
suitable substitute for infringing third party equipment.
We occasionally use Open Source codes during our development process and in our software products. An
unintentional breach of Open Source licenses might compel us to publish certain confidential and proprietary
codes, incur damages, and result with intellectual property infringement claims that could be expensive and could
disrupt our business.
We occasionally use open source software component under open source licenses. As certain open source
copyright licenses may be categorized as “copyleft licenses” that place certain requirements and restrictions on users,
we maintain a process to assure the use of permissive licenses that guarantee the freedom to use, modify and
redistribute, and creating proprietary derivative works, in order to avoid any limitations on our IPs and exposure of
confidential proprietary software. Nonetheless, if we shall not correctly monitor and manage those licenses, fail to
maintain their terms (for example, to provide adequate copyright notices, or avoid modifications) or otherwise fail in
30
identifying limited open source codes, we might be subject to third party copyright and to reciprocity obligation
requiring us to make our code open for use by others as well. Such claims may harm our development efforts and
competitive advantage and expose us to copyright infringement claims that could be expensive and could disrupt our
business.
Risks Relating to Our Ordinary Shares
Holders of our ordinary shares who are U.S. residents may be required to pay additional U.S. income taxes if we
are classified as a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
There is a risk that we may be classified as a PFIC. Our treatment as a PFIC could result in a reduction in the
after-tax return for U.S. holders of our ordinary shares and may cause a reduction in the value of our shares. For U.S.
federal income tax purposes, we will generally be classified as a PFIC for any taxable year in which either: (1) 75%
or more of our gross income is passive income, or (2) at least 50% of the average value (determined on a quarterly
basis) of our total assets for the taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. Based on our
analysis of our income, assets, activities and market capitalization, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for the
taxable year ended December 31, 2024. However, there can be no assurance that the United States Internal Revenue
Service (“IRS”) will not challenge our analysis or our conclusion regarding our PFIC status. There is also a risk that
we were a PFIC for one or more prior taxable years or that we will be a PFIC in future years, including 2025. If we
were a PFIC during any prior years, U.S. shareholders who acquired or held our ordinary shares during such years
will generally be subject to the PFIC rules. The tests for determining PFIC status are applied annually and it is difficult
to make accurate predictions of our future income, assets, activities and market capitalization, which are relevant to
this determination. If we were determined to be a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, highly complex rules
would apply to U.S. holders owning our ordinary shares and such U.S. holders could suffer adverse U.S. tax
consequences.
For more information, please see Item 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION – Taxation - “U.S. Federal
Income Tax Considerations” – “Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company.”
The price and trading volume of our ordinary shares are subject to volatility. Such volatility could limit investors’
ability to sell our shares at a profit, could limit our ability to successfully raise funds and may expose us to class
actions against the Company and its senior executives.
The stock market in general, and the market price of our ordinary shares in particular, are subject to
fluctuation. As a result, changes in our share price and trading volumes may be unrelated to our operating performance.
In addition, smaller market cap companies have historically been more volatile than stocks of larger companies. The
price of our ordinary shares and the trading volumes in our ordinary shares have experienced volatility in the past and
may continue to do so in the future, which may make it difficult for investors to predict the value of their investment,
to sell shares at a profit at any given time, or to plan purchases and sales in advance. In the two-year period ended
December 31, 2024, the price of our ordinary shares has ranged from a high of $5 per share to a low of $1.55 per
share. A variety of factors may affect the market price and trading volume of our ordinary shares, including:
•
announcements of technological innovations or new commercial products by us or by our
competitors;
•
announcement of significant deals won by us or by our competitors;
•
competitors’ positions and other events related to our market;
•
changes in the Company’s estimations regarding forward looking statements and/or announcement
of actual results that vary significantly from such estimations;
•
the announcement of corporate transactions, merger and acquisition activities or other similar events
by companies in our field or industry;
•
changes and developments effecting our field or industry;
•
period to period fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flow;
•
changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;
•
our earnings releases and the earnings releases of our competitors;
31
•
our ability to show and accurately predict revenues;
•
our need to raise additional funds and the success or failure thereof;
•
other announcements, whether by the Company or others, referring to the Company’s financial
condition, results of operations and changes in strategy;
•
changes in senior management or the board of directors;
•
the general state of the securities markets (with a particular emphasis on the technology and Israeli
sectors thereof);
•
the general state of the credit markets, the volatility of which could have an adverse effect on our
investments;
•
developments concerning material proprietary rights, including material patents;
•
whether we or our competitors receive or are denied regulatory approvals; and
•
global and local macroeconomic developments, components shortage, effects of the Russia-Ukraine
war, the conflict between China and Taiwan, and the state of war declared in Israel in October 2023,
and other global occurrences, such as an outbreak of pandemic with similar effect.
Many of these factors are beyond our control, and we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our
financial results will not necessarily be indicative of our future performance.
All these factors and any corresponding price fluctuations may materially and adversely affect the market
price of our ordinary shares and may result in substantial losses to our investors.
In addition to the volatility of the market price of our shares, the stock market in general and the market for
technology companies in particular, has been highly volatile and at times thinly traded. These broad market and
industry factors may seriously harm the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our operating performance.
Investors may not be able to resell their shares following periods of volatility.
In addition, the volatility of the market price of our share, especially when market price is perceived to be
very low, may stimulate hostile activities against us such as capital markets’ “activists” trying to influence our
operations and hostile takeover attempts by competitors (or other potential stakeholders), as we have recently
experienced (see below under “Attempts for a hostile takeover or shareholder activism, may negatively affect our
business”). This may cause a significant distraction of management attention in executing against our plans and
adversely impact our business and financial results.
Moreover, the market prices of equity securities of companies that have a significant presence in Israel may
also be affected by changes in the Middle East, including political and economic changes, and particularly in Israel.
As a result, these companies may experience volatility in their share prices and/or difficulties in raising additional
funds required to effectively operate and grow their businesses. Thus, market and industry-wide fluctuations and
political, economic and military conditions in the Middle East and Israel, may adversely affect the trading price of our
ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. For further details see below under “Conditions in
the Middle East and in Israel may adversely affect our operations”.
Further, as a result of the volatility of our stock price, we could be subject, and are currently subject, to
securities litigation, which could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention and Company resources
from our business. On January 6, 2015, the Company was served with a motion to approve a purported class action,
naming the Company, its CEO and its directors as defendants, which was filed with the District Court of Tel-Aviv,
was based on Israeli law and alleges breaches of duties by making false and misleading statements in the Company’s
SEC filings and public statements during the period between July and October 2014. The plaintiff seeks specified
compensatory damages in a sum of up to $75,000,000, as well as attorneys’ fees and costs. Interim proceedings were
held with respect to the application of the Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, and the safe-
harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, following a judgment issued by the Israeli
Supreme Court stating that Israeli companies whose shares are dually traded in Israel and in certain foreign stock
exchange, will be subject to the listing rules in the foreign jurisdiction. To date, after a rehearing proceedings it was
ruled that U.S. law will apply also in our case, which was returned to the first judicial instance and will be adjudicated
as a class claim under U.S. law. The Court further held that the Company’s claims based upon the statute of limitations
32
should also be adjudicated under U.S. law. On March 20, 2022, following the Court’s decision, the plaintiff filed to
the first judicial instance, an amended class action claim, based on provisions of U.S. law, estimated at $52,099,000.
For more information see below in Item 8. “FINANCIAL INFORMATION – Legal Proceedings”.
If we sell ordinary shares in future financings, shareholders may experience immediate dilution and as a
result our share price may decline.
In order to raise additional capital, we may at any time offer additional ordinary shares or other securities
convertible into or exchangeable for our ordinary shares at prices that may not be the same as the price paid for our
ordinary shares by our shareholders. We have a shelf registration statement on Form F-3 on file with the SEC which
allows us to offer and sell, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our ordinary shares, rights, warrants, debt
securities and units comprising any combination of these securities with an aggregate offering price of up to U.S.$150
million (the “Shelf Registration Statement”). The price per share at which we will sell additional ordinary shares, or
securities convertible or exchangeable into ordinary shares, in future transactions, including under the Shelf
Registration Statement, may be higher or lower than the price per share paid by our existing shareholders. If we issue
ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares, our shareholders would experience additional dilution
and, as a result, our share price may decline.
In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the
future, including the issuance of debt or equity securities with or without additional securities convertible or
exchangeable into ordinary shares. Whether or not we issue additional shares at a discount, any issuance of ordinary
shares will, and any issuance of other equity securities may, result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership
of our shareholders and could cause our share price to decline. New investors could also gain rights, preference and
privileges senior to those of our shareholders, which could cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline. Debt
securities may also contain covenants that restrict our operational flexibility or impose liens or other restrictions on
our assets, which could also cause the price of our ordinary shares to decline.
Attempts for a hostile takeover or shareholder activism may negatively affect our business.
In recent years, shareholder activists have become involved in numerous public companies. We experienced
such involvement in 2022 by our competitor Aviat that launched a hostile takeover attempt against us. Shareholder
activists could propose involving themselves in the governance, strategic direction and operations of a company. While
shareholders’ activism might be, in certain cases, an efficient course of action taken by financial investors in order to
enhance market efficiency and financial performance, other shareholders might have hostile intentions towards the
company and may provoke actions which are intended to damage its business and reputation.
Shareholder activism in general, and hostile takeover attempts in particular, including proxy contests, divert
our management’s and Board’s attention and resources from our business, could give rise to perceived uncertainties
as to our future direction, could result in the loss of potential business opportunities, limit our ability to raise funds
and make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified personnel for positions in both management and Board
levels. In addition, if nominees advanced by activist shareholders are elected or appointed to our Board with a specific
agenda, it may adversely affect our ability to effectively and timely implement our strategic plans or to realize long-
term value from our assets. Also, we may be required to incur significant expenses, including legal fees, related to
hostile takeover, or shareholder activism matters. Further, our share price could be subject to significant fluctuations
or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties associated with any shareholder activism in
general, and hostile takeover attempts in particular.
Risks Relating to Operations in Israel
Conditions in the Middle East and in Israel may adversely affect our operations.
On October 7, 2023, the “Swords of Iron” war broke out between Israel and the terrorist organizations in the Gaza
Strip, following a surprise attack on Israel led by certain armed groups in the Gaza Strip that included massacres,
terrorism and crimes against humanity. As of the date hereof, the majority of the fighting is concentrated in the
southern region of the State of Israel, and there have been additional active hostilities, including with the Hezbollah
(a Shia Islamist political party and militant group based in Lebanon), culminating in a 60-day cease fire agreed to
between Israel and the Hezbollah on November 27, 2024, the result of which is uncertain, and the Houthi movement
which controls parts of Yemen. The Houthi movement in Yemen has targeted marine vessels in the Red Sea, affecting
those enroute to Israel or partly owned by Israeli businesses. This has led shipping companies to reroute or halt
shipments to Israel. The Red Sea is crucial for Israel’s trade, and disruptions could cause delays in supplier deliveries,
33
longer lead times, and increased costs for freight, insurance, materials, and labor, and have a general adverse effect on
the Israeli market. In addition, Israel has experienced hostilities with Iran, which is perceived by Israel as sponsor of
Hamas (a militia group and political party controlling the Gaza Strip), Hezbollah and the Houthi movement and
attacked Israel and has threatened to do so in the future, as well as with Iranian-backed militias in Syria. All these
hostilities may escalate in the future into a greater regional conflict. Israel responded to the attacks against it with
airstrikes and extensive mobilization of armed forces, including reserves, in the Gaza Strip and in the north of Israel
in Lebanon and Syria and with airstrikes in Iran and Yemen. In addition, most recently Israel has been involved in an
armed operation with armed groups in the West Bank, which also included mobilization of armed forces.
Our facilities did not sustain any damage and in accordance with the instructions of the Israeli National
Emergency Management Authority, there is currently no limitation or denial of access or activity limitation in our
facilities. None of our employees were directly harmed as a result of the war. As of the date hereof, we operate
continuously, and so far, the situation in Israel has not had a material effect on our operations and business. We monitor
closely the directives of the Israeli National Emergency Management Authority and where needed, make required
adjustments to our operations in accordance with such directives, including by instructing our workforce to work
remotely.
Our headquarters, a substantial part of our research and development facilities and some of our contract
manufacturers’ facilities are located in Israel. Accordingly, we are directly influenced by the political, economic and
military conditions affecting Israel. Specifically, we could be adversely affected by:
•
hostilities involving Israel;
•
the interruption or curtailment of trade between Israel and its present trading partners;
•
a downturn in the economic or financial condition of Israel; and
•
a full or partial mobilization of the reserve forces of the Israeli army.
Since its establishment in 1948, Israel has been subject to a number of armed conflicts that have taken place
between it and its Middle Eastern neighbors. While Israel has entered into peace or normalization agreements with
Egypt, Jordan, UAE, Bahrain, Morocco and Sudan, it has no peace arrangements with any other neighboring or other
Arab countries.
Further, all efforts to improve Israel’s relationship with the Palestinians have failed to result in a peaceful
solution, and there have been numerous periods of hostility, acts of terror against Israeli civilians, as experienced
recently once again in Israel, as well as civil insurrection of Palestinians in the West Bank and the Gaza Strip.
All of the above raise a concern as to the stability in the region which may affect the security, social, economic
and political landscape in Israel and therefore could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Furthermore, certain countries, primarily in the Middle East but also in Malaysia and Indonesia, as well as
certain companies and organizations in different parts of the world, continue to participate in a boycott of Israeli brands
and others doing business with Israel and Israeli companies. The boycott, restrictive laws, policies or practices directed
towards Israel or Israeli businesses could, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our
business in the future. In addition, should the BDS Movement, the movement for boycotting, divesting and sanctioning
Israel and Israeli institutions (including universities) and products become increasingly influential in the United States
and Europe, this may also adversely affect our business and financial condition. Further deterioration of Israel’s
relationship with the Palestinians or countries in the Middle East could expand the disruption of international trading
activities in Israel, may materially and negatively affect our business conditions, could harm our results of operations
and adversely affect the Company’s share price. In addition, in January 2024 the International Court of Justice, or ICJ,
issued an interim ruling in a case filed by South Africa against Israel in December 2023, in connection with the
“Swords of Iron” war, and ordered Israel, among other things, to take steps to provide basic services and humanitarian
aid to civilians in Gaza and in November, 2024, the International Criminal Court, or ICC, issued arrest warrants for
Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu and former Israeli Minister of Defense Yoav Gallant based on allegations
of war crimes. Companies and businesses may terminate, and may have already terminated, certain commercial
relationships with Israeli companies following the ICJ and ICC decisions. The foregoing efforts by countries, activists
and organizations, particularly if they become more widespread, as well as rulings by the ICJ, ICC and other
international tribunals, may materially and adversely impact on our business and supply chains. There are concerns
that companies and businesses will terminate, and may have already terminated, certain commercial relationships with
34
Israeli companies following the ICJ and the ICC decisions.
Our business may also be disturbed by the obligation of personnel to perform military service. Our employees
who are Israeli citizens are generally subject to a periodic obligation to perform reserve military service, until, in
general, they reach the age of 45 (or older, for reservists with certain occupations), but during military conflicts, these
employees may be called to active duty for longer periods of time, as occurred, and may continue to occur, during the
“Swords of Iron” war. In response to the increase in violence and terrorist activity in the past years, and especially
during the “Swords of Iron” war, there have been, and may continue to be, periods of significant call-ups for military
reservists. In case of further regional instability such employees, who may include one or more of our key employees,
may be absent for extended periods of time which may materially adversely affect our business.
Furthermore, our Company’s insurance does not cover loss arising out of events related to the security
situation in the Middle East. While the Israeli government generally covers the reinstatement value of direct damages
caused by acts of war or terror attacks, we cannot be certain that such coverage will be maintained.
Another risk for political, social and economic instability in Israel is associated with the extensive changes
which began in early 2023 by the current Israeli government with respect to Israel’s judicial system. In response to
such developments, individuals, organizations and financial institutions, both within and outside of Israel, have voiced
concerns that the proposed changes may negatively impact the business environment in Israel including due to
reluctance of foreign investors to invest or conduct business in Israel, as well as to increased currency fluctuations,
downgrades in credit rating, increased interest rates, increased volatility in securities markets, and other changes in
macroeconomic conditions. Such proposed changes may also adversely affect the labor market in Israel or lead to
political instability or civil unrest. To the extent that any of these negative developments do occur, they may have an
adverse effect on our business, our results of operations and our ability to raise additional funds, if deemed necessary
by our management and board of directors, and to attract or retain qualified and skilled “talents” and personnel.
Moreover, it is widely believed that the ongoing “Swords of Iron” war has had and is anticipated to continue
to have adverse effects on the Israeli economy. In October 2024, S&P Global downgraded Israel's long-term credit
rating from A+ to A with a negative outlook, reflecting heightened security risk. This and reductions by other
international rating agencies such as Moody's and Fitch Ratings could disrupt the business environment and make
investors hesitant to invest or transact business in Israel, as well as make it more difficult and expensive for us to raise
capital and negatively influence the market price of our ordinary shares.
We can give no assurance that the political, economic and security situation in Israel will not have a material
adverse effect on our business in the future.
We received grants from the IIA that may require us to pay royalties and restrict our ability to transfer
technologies or know-how outside of Israel.
In prior years we have received government grants from the Israel Innovation Authority (the “IIA”) for the
financing of a portion of our research and development expenditures in Israel. Under royalty-bearing financing
programs, we are obligated to repay the grants by way of royalty payments from revenues generated by the sale of
products and/or services developed in the framework of the approved R&D program using financing from such grants
(“Financed Know-How”). Such royalties are payable until 100% of the amount of the grant (as adjusted for fluctuation
in the USD/NIS exchange rate) is repaid with applicable interest. In December 2006, Ceragon entered into an
agreement with IIA under which Ceragon paid its debt to the IIA and since than Ceragon is exempt from royalty
payments to the IIA, except for the programs of Siklu Communication Ltd. (“Siklu”) (following this arrangement
with the IIA, Ceragon is considered as “Technological Innovation Investment-Abundant Corporation” and can apply
for grants only under non-royalty-bearing programs).
Notwithstanding the full repayment of any IIA grants (together with the applicable interest) by Ceragon,
unless otherwise agreed by IIA, we must continue to comply with the requirements of the Israeli Law for the
Encouragement of Industrial Research and Development, 1984 and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “R&D
Law”) with respect to technologies that were developed using Financed Know-How.
In accordance with certain grant plans, in addition to the obligation to pay royalties to the IIA, the R&D Law
requires that products which incorporate Financed Know-How be manufactured in Israel, and prohibits the transfer of
Financed Know-How and any right derived therefrom to third parties, unless otherwise approved in advance by the
IIA. Such prior approval may be subject to payment of increased royalties. Failure to comply with the requirements
under the R&D Law may subject us to financial sanctions, to mandatory repayment of grants received by us (together
35
with interest and penalties), as well as expose us to criminal proceedings. Although such restrictions do not apply to
the export from Israel of the Company’s products developed with such Financed Know-How, they may prevent us
from engaging in transactions involving the sale, outsource or transfer of such Financed Know-How or of
manufacturing activities with respect to any product or technology based on Financed Know-How, outside of Israel,
which might otherwise be beneficial to us. Furthermore, the consideration available to our shareholders in a transaction
involving the transfer outside of Israel of Financed Know-How (such as a merger or similar transaction) may be
reduced by any amounts that we are required to pay to the IIA. Moreover, the government of Israel may from time to
time audit sales of products which it claims incorporate Financed Know-How and this may lead to royalties being
payable on additional products, and may subject such products to the restrictions and obligations specified hereunder.
Siklu is a part of royalty-bearing financing programs of the IIA. Following the acquisition of Siklu, we have
assumed additional restrictions and liabilities arising out of Siklu’s Financed Know-How.
For more information regarding the restrictions imposed by the R&D Law and regarding grants received by
us from the IIA, please see Item 4. “INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY- B. Business Overview - The Israel
Innovation Authority.”
The tax benefits to which the Company believes it should be entitled from the approved enterprise program, require
us to satisfy specified conditions, which, if we fail to meet, might deny us from these benefits in the future. Further,
if such tax benefits are rejected, reduced or eliminated in the future, we may be required to pay increased taxes.
The Company has certain capital investment programs that have been granted approved enterprise status by
the Israeli government (the “Approved Programs”), pursuant to Israel’s Law for the Encouragement of Capital
Investments, 1959 (the “Encouragement Law”). The Company has three capital investment programs that have been
granted Approved Enterprise status, under the Law. The benefit period under Approved Enterprise starts with the first
year the benefited enterprise earns taxable income, provided that 14 years have not passed since the approval was
granted and 12 years have not passed since the enterprise began operating. As of December 31, 2024, the 14 years
have passed for the three Approved Enterprise programs. The Company believes it will continue to be eligible to enjoy
the tax benefits in accordance with the provisions of the Law for the Encouragement of Capital Investments, 1959 (the
“Investment Law”). Once it begins to generate taxable income from these approved enterprise programs, the portion
of its income derived from these programs will be tax exempt for a period of two years. The benefits available to an
approved enterprise program are dependent upon the fulfillment of conditions stipulated under the Encouragement
Law and in the certificates of approval or in rulings obtained from the Israeli Tax Authorities. If we fail to comply
with these conditions, in whole or in part, we may be required to pay additional taxes for the period(s) in which we
benefited from the tax exemption and would likely be denied these benefits in the future. The amount by which our
taxes would increase, will depend on the difference between the then-applicable corporate tax rate and the rate of tax,
if any, that we would otherwise pay as an approved enterprise, and on the amount of any taxable income that we may
earn in the future.
In addition, the Israeli government may reduce, or eliminate in the future, tax benefits available to approved
enterprise programs. Our Approved Programs and the resulting tax benefits may not continue in the future at their
current levels or at any level. The termination or reduction of these tax benefits would likely increase our tax liability.
The amount, if any, by which our tax liability would increase will depend upon the rate of any tax increase, the amount
of any tax rate benefit reduction, and the amount of any taxable income that we may earn in the future. For a description
of legislation regarding “Preferred Enterprise” see Item 10. “ADDITIONAL INFORMATION”.
Being a foreign private issuer exempts us from certain SEC requirements and Nasdaq Rules, which may result in less
protection than is afforded to investors under rules applicable to domestic issuers.
We are a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of rules promulgated by the SEC. As such, we are exempt from
certain provisions under the Exchange Act applicable to U.S. public companies, including:
•
the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and
current reports on Form 8-K;
•
the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect
of securities registered under the Exchange Act, including extensive disclosure of compensation paid or
payable to certain of our highly compensated executives as well as disclosure of the compensation
determination process;
•
the provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material
36
information; and
•
the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading
activities and establishing insider liability for profit realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction (a
purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of the issuer’s equity securities within less than six months).
In addition, we are permitted to follow certain home country corporate governance practices and laws in lieu
of certain Nasdaq Rules applicable to U.S. domestic issuers. For instance, we have relied on the foreign private issuer
exemption with respect to shareholder approval requirements for equity-based incentive plans for our employees and
the requirement to have a formal charter for our Compensation Committee. Following our home country governance
practices rather than the Nasdaq Rules that would otherwise apply to a U.S. domestic issuer, may provide less
protection to investors. For the list of the specific exemptions that we have chosen to adopt, please see Item 16G.
“CORPORATE GOVERNANCE”.
We may lose our status as a foreign private issuer, which would increase our compliance costs and could negatively
impact our operations results.
We may lose our foreign private issuer status if (a) a majority of our outstanding voting securities are either
directly or indirectly owned of record by residents of the United States and (b) one or more of (i) a majority of our
executive officers or directors are United States citizens or residents, (ii) more than 50% of our assets are located in
the United States or (iii) our business is administered principally in the United States. In such case, we would be
required to, among other things, file periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms with
the SEC, which are more extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer, follow U.S. proxy disclosure
requirements, including the requirement to disclose, under U.S. law, more detailed information about the
compensation of our senior executive officers on an individual basis, modify certain of our policies to comply with
accepted governance practices associated with U.S. domestic issuers and we would lose our ability to rely upon
exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements on U.S. stock exchanges that are available to foreign
private issuers, as described in the previous risk factor above. All of the above would cause us to incur substantial
additional internal and external costs, including for outside legal and accounting support.
It may be difficult to enforce a U.S. judgment against us or our officers and directors, or to assert U.S. securities laws
claims in Israel.
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel. Service of process upon our directors and officers, almost
all of whom reside outside the United States, may be difficult to obtain within the United States. Furthermore, because the
majority of our assets and investments, and almost all of our directors and officers are located outside the United States, any
judgment obtained in the United States against us or any of them may not be collectible within the United States.
Additionally, it may be difficult for an investor, to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted
in Israel. Israeli courts may refuse to hear a claim based on an alleged violation of U.S. securities laws reasoning that Israel
is not the most appropriate forum to bring such a claim. In addition, even if an Israeli court agrees to hear such a claim, it is
not certain if Israeli law or U.S. law will be applicable to the claim. If U.S. law is found to be applicable, the content of
applicable U.S. law must be proved as a fact by an expert witness, which can be a time-consuming and costly process.
Certain matters of procedure will also be governed by Israeli law. There is little binding case law in Israel that addresses the
matters described above. Under certain circumstances, Israeli courts might not enforce judgments rendered outside
Israel, which may make it difficult to collect on judgments rendered against us or our non-U.S. officers and directors.
Your rights and responsibilities as a shareholder will be governed by Israeli law which differs in some respects from the
rights and responsibilities of shareholders of U.S. companies.
Since we are incorporated under Israeli law, the rights and responsibilities of our shareholders are governed
by our Articles of Association as in effect from time to time (the “Articles of Association”), and Israeli law. These
rights and responsibilities differ in some respects from the rights and responsibilities of shareholders in United States-
based corporations. In particular, a shareholder of an Israeli company has a duty to act in good faith and in a customary
manner in exercising its rights and performing its obligations towards the company and other shareholders and to
refrain from abusing its power in the company, including, among other things, in voting at the general meeting of
shareholders on certain matters, such as an amendment to a company’s articles of association, an increase of a
company’s authorized share capital, a merger of a company and approval of interested party transactions that require
shareholder approval. A shareholder also has a general duty to refrain from discriminating against other shareholders.
In addition, a controlling shareholder or a shareholder who knows that it possesses the power to determine the outcome
of a shareholders’ vote or to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder in a company, or has another
37
power with respect to a company, has a duty to act in fairness towards such company. Israeli law does not define the
substance of this duty of fairness and there is limited case law available to assist us in understanding the nature of this
duty or the implications of these provisions. These provisions may be interpreted to impose additional obligations and
liabilities on our shareholders that are not typically imposed on shareholders of U.S. corporations.
Provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent, or make undesirable an acquisition of all or significant portion of our
shares or assets.
Israeli corporate law regulates mergers and acquisitions and requires that a tender offer be effected when
certain thresholds of percentage ownership of voting power in a company are exceeded (subject to certain conditions),
which may have the effect of delaying, preventing or making more difficult a merger with, or acquisition of, us.
Further, Israeli tax considerations may make potential transactions undesirable to us, or to some of our shareholders,
if the country of residence of such shareholder does not have a tax treaty with Israel (thus not granting relief from
payment of Israeli taxes). With respect to mergers, Israeli tax law provides tax deferral in certain circumstances but
makes the deferral contingent on the fulfillment of numerous conditions, including a holding period of two years from
the date of the transaction, during which certain sales and dispositions of shares of the participating companies are
restricted. Moreover, with respect to certain share swap transactions, the tax deferral is limited in time, and when such
time expires, the tax becomes payable even if no actual disposition of the shares has occurred. See Exhibit 2.1 Item
10.B. – “Mergers and Acquisitions under Israeli Law”.
In addition, in accordance with the Israeli Economic Competition Law, 1988 (the “Economic Competition
Law”), and the R&D Law, to which we are subject due to our receipt of grants from the IIA, a change in control in
the Company (such as a merger or similar transaction) may be subject to certain regulatory approvals in certain
circumstances. For more information regarding such required approvals please see Item 4. “INFORMATION ON
THE COMPANY - B. Business Overview - The Israel Innovation Authority”.
In addition, as a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel, we are subject to the Economic
Competition Law and the regulations promulgated thereunder, under which we may be required in certain
circumstances to obtain the approval of the Israel Competition Authority in order to consummate a merger or a sale
of all or substantially all of our assets.
These provisions of Israeli law could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control and may
make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our shareholders, and
may also adversely affect the price that investors may be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares.
ITEM 4. INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY
A. History and Development of the Company
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Israel on July 23, 1996 as Giganet Ltd. We changed our
name to Ceragon Networks Ltd. on September 6, 2000. We operate under the Companies Law, our registered office
is located at 3 Uri Ariav St., Bldg. A (7th Floor) PO Box 112, Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, 4810002, and our telephone
number is +972-3-543-1000. The U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) maintains a public internet site
that contains Ceragon’s filings with the SEC and reports, proxy and information statements, and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC (http://www.sec.gov). Our web address is www.ceragon.com.
Information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this annual report.
Our agent for service of process in the United States is Ceragon Networks, Inc., our wholly owned U.S.
subsidiary and North American headquarters, located at 851 International Parkway, Suite 1340, Richardson, Tx 75081.
For information concerning the Company’s principal capital expenditures currently in progress, refer to Item
5.B. “Liquidity and Capital Resources”.
On December 5, 2023, the Company closed the acquisition of 100% of Siklu Communication Ltd. and the
assets and business activities of Siklu, Inc.
On January 31, 2025, we closed on the acquisition, by way of merger, E2E to further expand our offer to
private networks, in consideration for approximately $8.5 million, subject to customary post-closing adjustments and
up to an additional $4.3 million subject to achieving certain financial goals primarily in 2025 and paid mostly in 2026.
At closing, Ceragon issued approximately 215,000 Ordinary Shares to the stockholders of E2E.
B. Business Overview
38
We are the leading wireless transport specialist company in terms of unit shipments and global distribution
of our business, providing innovative high-capacity wireless connectivity solutions to global markets across various
industries, such as wireless (mobile) networks service providers and private networks.
Wireless transport is a means for connecting mobile and fixed network sites (e.g. cellular base stations in
various architectures) to the rest of the network. It carries information to and from the cellular base stations. It is used
as high-speed connectivity to telecom sites, typically when fiber optics wireline connectivity is not available and for
its backup, or where and when rapid deployment is required.
Ceragon’s innovative technology of compact multi-core all-outdoor and Split-Mount wireless backhaul
solutions, assisted in positioning Ceragon as a leader in the global wireless transport market, and we expect that it
would have potentially positioned us to benefit from new wireless generation transitions such as the current 5G
evolution.
In preparation for the transition from 4G to 5G technologies, we have begun planning the roll-out of new 5G-
supporting products. In 2019, we introduced the market-first “disaggregated wireless transport” architecture, which
allows operators to significantly simplify 5G network deployment and maintenance, as well as reduce of capital and
operating expenses. We have invested in a new chipset which incorporates multi-cores to be incorporated in products
expected to be launched as of 2025. The first new incorporated product is IP-100E which was recently launched.
The term ‘wireless transport’ refers to various types of network connectivity signaling and network protocols
which vary in speeds and include (i) backhaul - used in 4G, 5G and earlier generations of mobile networks to send
data packets between the network and the base-stations and between the base-stations to other network elements, and
(ii) fronthaul - used in 4G and 5G networks to send radio signal values between building blocks of the base station,
which can be separated from another across geographic site locations to achieve network efficiencies in some network
scenarios.
Wireless transport offers network operators a cost-efficient alternative to wire-line connectivity between
network nodes at different sites, mainly fiber optics. Support for high broadband speeds and very large numbers of
devices, means that all value-added services can be supported, while the high reliability of wireless systems provide
for lower maintenance costs. Because they require no trenching, wireless transport links can also be set up much faster
and at a fraction of the cost of fiber solutions. On the customer’s side, this translates into an increase in operational
efficiency and faster time-to-market, as well as a shorter timetable to achieving new revenue streams.
We provide wireless transport solutions and services that enable cellular operators, other service providers
and private networks to build new networks and evolve networks towards 4G and 5G services. The services provided
over these networks are: voice, mobile and fixed broadband, multimedia, Industrial/Machine-to-Machine (M2M),
Internet of Things (IoT) connectivity, public safety and other mission critical services. We also provide our solutions
for wireless transport to other vertical markets such as Internet service providers, public safety, municipalities,
government, utilities, oil and gas offshore drilling platforms, as well as maritime communications broadcasters and
defense. Our wireless transport solutions use microwave and millimeter-wave radio technologies to transfer large
amounts of telecommunication traffic between wireless 5G, 4G, 3G and other cellular base station technologies
(distributed, or centralized with dispersed remote radio heads) and the core of the service provider’s network. We
follow industry consortiums of companies, which attempt to better define future technologies in ICT (Information and
Communication Technologies) markets, such as Open Networking Foundation (ONF), Metro Ethernet Forum (MEF),
European Telecommunications Standards Institute (ETSI), Telecom Infra Project (TIP) and others, and when it is
relevant, we take part in industry processes and standards setting.
In addition to providing our solutions, we also offer our customers a comprehensive set of turn-key services,
including advanced network and radio planning, site survey, solutions development, network rollout, maintenance,
wireless transport network audit and optimization, and training. To enable delivery of turn-key solutions to our
customers, in addition to providing roll-out services, we have partnered with other third-party providers of
technologies complementary to our own. Our offering includes technologies such as: Unlicensed Point-to-Point,
Private Long-Term Evolution (LTE), Licensed/unlicensed Point-to-Multipoint, Internet Protocol/Multi-Protocol label
Switching (IP/MPLS) SW and/or white boxes and others. This allows us to better cover our customers’ end-to-end
needs and increases the level of stickiness with these customers. Our services include powerful project management
tools such as our “InSide Software” tool that streamline deployments of complex wireless networks, thereby reducing
time and costs associated with network set-up and allowing a fast time-to-revenue. Our experienced teams can deploy
hundreds of wireless transport links every week, and our rollout project track record includes hundreds of thousands
39
of links already installed and operational with a variety of industry-leading operators.
Designed for any network scenario, including risk-free flexible migration from current and legacy network
technologies and architectures to evolving standards and network transport scenarios, our solutions provide ultra-high-
speed connectivity at any distance, be it a few kilometers or tens of kilometers, and even longer, over any available
spectrum (or combinations of available spectrum bands) and in any site and network architecture. Our solutions
support all wireless access technologies, including 5G-NR NSA, 5G-NR SALTE, HSPA, EV-DO, CDMA, W-CDMA,
WIFI and GSM as well as Tetra, P.25 and LMR for critical communications. These solutions allow wireless service
providers to cost-effectively and seamlessly evolve their networks from a monolithic base-station architecture to an
open radio access network (RAN) architecture, utilizing vertical and horizontal disaggregation, allowing them extra
flexibility, scalability and efficiency, thereby meeting the increasing demand of a growing number of connections of
any type for consumers and enterprises with growing needs for mobile and other multimedia services, and a growing
number of machines or IoT devices such as street surveillance devices or meters.
We also provide our solutions to other non-carrier vertical markets (private networks) such as oil and gas
companies, public safety organizations, businesses and public institutions, broadcasters, energy utilities and others
that operate their own private communications networks. Our solutions are deployed by more than 600 service
providers of all sizes, as well as in more than 1,600 private networks, in more than approximately 130 countries.
The acquired portfolio of products of Siklu is widely deployed in Fixed Wireless Access applications,
addressing the needs of Telecom Service Providers delivering Internet access to commercial properties or business
campuses as well as to private homes, apartment building and/or gated communities. Additionally, these solutions
address the growing Smart City application, connecting wirelessly the many properties and assets of the cities (e.g
CCTV cameras for security, traffic or parking management, Wi-Fi Access points, or IOT sensors). Thus, a new range
of integrated services is available to the residents, the visitors and to organizations addressing this market.
In January 2025 we acquired by merger E2E to further expand our offering to private networks. E2E provides
a full end-to-end solution for private networks, primarily serving customers in Oil and Gas, Utilities and industrial
verticals. E2E is essentially a systems integration company that designs, deploys and manages connectivity solutions
to its customers as well as other related devices. In addition, E2E has developed a software solution to help manage
the customers’ networks and monitor certain operational and business-related metrics. Except for this proprietary
software, E2E provides products to its customers sourced from its ecosystem of vendors.
Established in 2013, E2E is active in the United States, headquartered in Minnesota and employs
approximately 50 employees.
Wireless Transport; Short-haul, Long-haul and Small Cells Transport
Today’s cellular networks are predominantly based on 4G technologies. These networks constantly undergo
expansion of coverage, densification with additional sites to cater to higher demands for speeds and to make more
services available per given area. However, more than 200 service providers in all 5 continents have now launched
5G services. These investments in 5G radio network infrastructure, and consequently, associated wireless transport,
are expected to gradually increase during the next several years. In order to allocate spectrum resources for 4G and
5G, some operators are shutting down their 2G and/or 3G network (a “network sunset”) in order to re-allocate radio
access network frequency bands to 4.5 and 5G services. These market dynamics of network expansion and
densification have resulted in higher demand for wireless transport capacity, at increased density, accommodating
sophisticated services over the network at far higher volume than available up to recent years. Such services include
the many 5G use cases, which among others include enhanced mobile broadband, mission critical services, IoT &
Industrial IoT (Industry 4.0, or “IIoT”), Gigabit broadband to homes, multi Gigabits services to enterprises and more.
The wireless transport market of service providers is divided into two main market segments. The first is a
market segment in which operators invest resources and efforts to select the best wireless transport solution that will
meet their wireless transport needs, in terms of the ability to improve their business operational efficiency, services
reliability and their customers’ (subscribers’) quality of experience. This market segment is referred to as “best-of-
breed”. The other market segment is characterized by operators that do not select the wireless transport solution, since
this decision is made by a network’s solution provider retained by the operator. This network solution provider delivers
a full end-to-end solution and the equipment required to operate the entire network, including the wireless transport
equipment. Operators in this segment of the market rely on the network solution providers to choose wireless transport
as part of the full end-to-end solution while often compromising on performance and optimization of the network and
other resources, as see it as a solution which does not play a primary role within the end-to-end network rollout
40
considerations. This segment of the market is referred to as “bundled-deals”. Ceragon will also sometimes offer end-
to-end solutions to private networks, where usually there is no mobile network, utilizing its ecosystem of 3rd party
vendors.
Ceragon serves the “best-of-breed” segment of the market and specializes in a range of solutions, which to
the Company’s belief, provide high value for our customers including:
•
Short-haul solutions, which typically provide a wireless link capacity of up to 4 Gbps per link for backhaul with
single unit, and/or a link capacity of up to 20Gbps for fronthaul (25Gbps with next generation Eband IP-100E).
These solutions are available for distances of several hundred feet to 10 miles. Short-haul links are deployed in
access applications (macro cells and small cells and distributed cells) wirelessly connecting the individual base-
stations or base-station element (i.e. a “central unit”, a “distributed unit” or a “radio unit”) towers to the core
network. Short-haul solutions are also used in a range of non-carrier “vertical” applications such as state and
local government, public safety, education and off-shore communication for oil and gas platforms.
•
Long-haul solutions, which typically provide a capacity of up to 10 Gbps, are used in the “highways” of the
telecommunication backbone network. These links are typically used to carry services at distances of 10 to 50
miles, and, using the right planning, configuration and equipment, can also bridge distances of 100 miles and
more. Long-haul solutions are also used in a range of non-carrier “vertical” applications such as broadcast, state
and local government, public safety, utilities and offshore communication for oil and gas platforms.
Ceragon has, on more than one occasion, been the first to introduce new products and features to the market,
including the first solution for wireless transmission for evolving cellular networks, providing 155 Mbps at 38 GHz
in 1996 and numerous microwave and millimeter-wave technology innovations thereafter. Since 2008, Ceragon has
invested in pioneering the multicore technology focusing on addressing the multiple wireless transport challenges of
4G and 5G services. This technology is at the core of Ceragon’s in-house developed chipsets for wireless transport,
now in their Fourth generation, which enable Ceragon to design and offer vertically integrated solutions. This vertical
integration enables Ceragon to provide higher flexibility, better performance, and improved time-to-market. With the
first products based on multicore technology introduced to the market in 2013, Ceragon has enabled dual-core radios
and far advanced capabilities, such as Line-of-Sight Multiple Input Multiple Output (LoS MIMO), which allows
efficient use of spectrum where congestion of frequencies exist, Advanced Frequency Reuse (AFR), which allows
massive network densification and Advanced Space Diversity (ASD), which eliminates the use of multiple antennas
in various network scenarios, thereby accelerating network deployment and reducing total cost of ownership.
In 2019, Ceragon introduced the market-first “disaggregated wireless transport” architecture, which allows
operators to significantly simplify 5G network deployment and maintenance, as well as reduce capital and operating
expenses.
Ceragon has invested in a new chipset which incorporates multi-cores in a chipset which was launched in
2024. This is integrated into our IP-100E product line which was recently launched and will be in mass production
and productization during 2026, offering industry-leading performance and capacity.
Industry Background
The market demand for wireless transport is being generated primarily by cellular operators, wireless
broadband service providers, businesses and public institutions that operate private networks. This market is fueled
by the explosion in mobile data usage in developing and developed countries.
The main catalyst for the wireless transport evolution has been the huge increase in data and video
consumption across the globe. This evolution generates higher capacity and cost-efficient architectures, based on
IP/Ethernet technologies in a developing set of network scenarios and architectures.
•
In 4G, the fronthaul transport network connects Remote Radio Heads (RRHs) to distant centralized/cloud
Baseband Units (BBUs), while backhaul connects BBUs back to 4G Evolved Packet Core (EPC). In 5G, the New
Radios (NR) are connected to the BBU, which can be disaggregated into a Central Unit (CU) and a Distributed
Unit (DU). The new midhaul interconnects the CU to the DU via a new, standardized 3GPP interface.
•
With help from organizations such as the operator-led O-RAN Alliance, 5G fronthaul and midhaul network
interface specifications are open and defined in a structured format. This allows MNOs to purchase RUs, DUs,
CUs, and the associated transport networks between them, from anyone. We believe that this presents new market
opportunities for Ceragon’s leading wireless transport solutions with our open network architecture.
41
Rapid subscriber and connections growth and the proliferation of advanced end devices, driven mainly by
video content, have significantly increased the amount of traffic that must be carried over a cellular operator’s transport
infrastructure. The proliferation of industrial, security and metering devices through IoT technologies, and
implementation of new 5G network architectures is also increasing the total capacity and coverage that is needed to
be transported throughout networks and put additional strain on network capacity, requiring even higher capacity
wireless backhaul and fronthaul connectivity.
New WiFi technologies offer much higher capacities to end users and devices, and therefor require much
higher capacity backhaul solutions.
Growing requirements are coming from private networks such as campuses, oil & gas, critical infrastructure
and alike.
Smart and safe city projects require new capacities and performance in ‘Street Level Networking’ in PtP and
PtMP solutions.
With the growth in adoption of 4G and the accelerated pace of adoption of 5G, which require even higher
network speeds and wireless transport capacity, in particular, cellular operators are seeking strategies, using new
technologies, which will allow further business growth, to facilitate quick and cost-efficient enablement of new
services for more connected subscribers (either human or machine). Among those are Software Defined Networks
(SDN) and Network Function Virtualization (NFV) technologies, which are key for network slicing.
Network slicing is a network engineering model in which the physical network is providing resources to
numerous virtual networks on top, whereas each virtual network delivers a specific set of performance characteristics
for a specific service, or set of services, sharing common requirements. For example, a network slice that is tasked
with delivering ultra-high bandwidth for mission critical multimedia services (voice and video) to law enforcement
agencies, requires a different amount of network resources ensuring prioritized capacity and minimal delay variation,
whereas a different network slice support video streaming service for mobile entertainment. SDN and NFV
technologies are designed to support network slicing models and its implementation, for high quality subscriber
experience, by simplifying service creation and orchestration through simple network traffic engineering rules and
tools, as well as enable end-to-end network resources optimization across all network domains, including the wireless
transport domain, for increased operational efficiency. Network resources optimization is expected to be achieved, in
part, by the use of SDN technologies with wireless transport optimization applications, which will exploit network
intelligence gathered by SDN controllers within the network.
The wireless transport domain of the network will require adaptation to these industry trends by enabling far
higher capacities, with ultra-low latency for high service quality, simple service creation and optimization to cope
with the influx of a thousand-fold increase in the number of services compared to 4G networks, and a high degree of
wireless resources optimization (spectrum and other) that will be incorporated within the wireless transport network
infrastructure.
Cellular Operators
In order to address the strain on backhaul and fronthaul capacity, cellular operators have a number of
alternatives, including leasing existing fiber lines, laying new fiber optic networks or deploying wireless solutions.
Leasing existing lines requires a significant increase in operating expenses and, in some cases, requires the wireless
service provider to depend on a direct competitor. Laying new fiber-optic lines is capital and labor-intensive and these
lines cannot be rapidly deployed. The deployment of high capacity and ultra-high-capacity point-to-point wireless
links represents a scalable, flexible and cost-effective alternative for expanding backhaul and fronthaul capacity.
Supporting typical data rates of 2 Gbps (backhaul) and 20Gbps (fronthaul) over a single radio unit, wireless transport
solutions enable cellular operators to add capacity only as required while significantly reducing upfront and ongoing
backhaul and fronthaul costs.
The surge in mobile data usage, fueled by anticipation and adoption of advanced releases of 4G and 5G
services, drives operators to accelerate and finalize the migration of their networks to a more flexible, feature-rich and
cost optimized IP network architecture. Additionally, the surge in data usage in densely populated areas drives
operators to explore new network architectures that utilize a variety of small-cell technologies requiring the
deployment of dense wireless transport network in various microwave and millimeter-wave spectral bands. As
operators intensify 4G services availability and transition to 5G services, all of which are IP-based wireless access
technologies, they look for ways to benefit from IP technology in their transport network while maintaining support
42
for their primary legacy services. The progression that is expected in 5G networks rollout over the next several years,
will broaden cellular operators’ assessment of the growing role that wireless backhaul and fronthaul may take in their
network, as reaching the small cells with more fiber is expected to become a significant challenge, both physically
and economically.
Wireless Broadband Service Providers
For wireless broadband service providers, which offer alternate high data access, high-capacity transport is
essential for ensuring continuous delivery of rich media service across their high-speed data networks. If the transport
network and its components do not satisfy the wireless broadband service providers’ need for cost-effectiveness,
resilience, scalability or ability to supply enough capacity, then the efficiency and productivity of the network may be
seriously compromised. While both wireless and wire-line technologies can be used to build these transport systems,
many broadband service providers opt for wireless point-to-point microwave solutions. This is due to a number of
advantages of the technology including: rapid installation, support for high-capacity data traffic, scalability and lower
cost-per-bit compared to wire-line alternatives.
This market segment will also benefit (in some cases) from PtMP solutions as well.
Private Networks and Other Service Providers
Many large businesses and public institutions require private high bandwidth communication networks to
connect multiple locations. These private networks are typically built using IP-based communications infrastructure.
This market includes educational institutions, utility companies, oil and gas industry, broadcasters, state and local
governments, public safety agencies, maritime customers, defense contractors and more. These customers continue to
invest in their private communications networks for numerous reasons, including security concerns, the need to
exercise control over network service quality and redundant network access requirements. As data traffic on these
networks rises, we expect that businesses and public institutions will continue to invest in their communications
infrastructure, including wireless transport equipment. Like wireless service providers, customers in this market
demand a highly reliable, cost-effective transport solution that can be easily installed and scaled to their bandwidth
requirements. Approximately 15% of our business is associated with private network. Following the acquisition by
merger of E2E and along with our organic efforts, our share of business associated with private networks may increase
in the future.
This market segment will also benefit (in some cases) from PtMP solutions as well.
Wireless vs. Fiber Transport
Though fiber-based networks can easily support the rapid growth in bandwidth demands, they carry high
initial deployment costs and take longer to deploy than wireless. Certainly, where fiber is available within several
hundred feet of the operator’s point of presence, with ducts already in place, and when there are no regulatory issues
that prohibit the connection – fiber can become the operator’s preferred route. In other scenarios, high-capacity
wireless connectivity using microwave and millimeter-wave technologies (wireless transport), is significantly more
cost efficient. Wireless transport is taking a significant role in 4G network densification and is expected to take an
even more significant role in the 5G rollout as a result of ease, cost and the speed of deployment. In fact, in most cases
the return-on-investment from fiber installations can only be expected in the long term, making it hard for operators
to achieve lower costs per bit and earn profits in the foreseeable future.
Wireless microwave and millimeter-wave transport solutions on the other hand are capable of delivering high
bandwidth, carrier-grade network services. Our wireless transport solutions are suitable for all capacities, carrying
multi Gbps of the operators’ traffic over a single radio connection (or “link”). Unlike fiber, wireless solutions can be
set up quickly and are more cost efficient on a per-bit basis from the outset. In many countries, microwave and
millimeter-wave links are deployed as alternative routes to fiber, ensuring on-going communication in case of fiber-
cuts and network failures.
Licensed vs. License-exempt Wireless Transport
Licensed wireless transport: Service providers select the optimal available transmission frequency based
on the rainfall intensity in the transmission area and the desired transmission range. The regulated, or licensed,
microwave bands (4-42GHz) and millimeter-wave bands (71-86GHz) are allocated by government licensing
authorities for high-capacity wireless transmissions. The license grants the licensee the exclusive use of that spectrum
for a specific use thereby eliminating any interference issues. A licensed microwave or millimeter-wave spectrum is
43
typically the choice of leading operators around the world because it matches the bandwidth and interference
protection they require. Our licensed spectrum products operate across the entire span of the licensed microwave and
millimeter-wave spectrum described herein, from 4GHz microwave to 86GHz, delivering multi Gbps per link and are
scalable and versatile to meet all radio access networks, small cells, private networks and long-haul radio transmission
paths requirements.
License-exempt wireless transport: Service providers and private network owners also select license-
exempt spectrum in order to provide high speed connectivity to businesses, campuses (often regarded as a wireless
backhaul) and serve cellular small cells with wireless backhaul connectivity, without regulatory approval for spectrum.
License exempt spectrum can be categorized into two main categories: 1) 57 – 66GHz millimeter-wave band,
known as the v-band spectrum and operating at very wide channel bandwidths, up to 2,000MHz and capable of
delivering up to multiple Gbps bi-directional capacity. The use of v-band spectrum requires the existence of a line of
sight between the sites. Additional V-band solutions include point-to-multipoint and mesh networks architectures
which provide up to multiple Gbps aggregate capacity and their primary use is for access services to end-users with
limited capacity of backhaul operating within the access service spectrum (in-band backhaul); and 2) sub 6GHz
license-exempt spectrum, operating at narrow channel bandwidths delivering up to 1Gbps bi-directional capacity
(FDD), typically in point-to-multipoint network architecture. The use of sub 6GHz spectrum allows for non, or near,
line of sight connectivity between the sites and facilitates an economic and flexible rollout model, at the expense of
achieving modest capacity, as specified above. License exempt V-band and sub 6GHz bands are more vulnerable to
interference as a result of the uncoordinated use of the spectrum.
Our Solutions
We offer a broad product portfolio of innovative, field-proven, high-capacity wireless transport solutions,
which incorporate our unique multicore technology. Our multicore technology is a key element in our differentiation
within the wireless transport market, serving the “best-of-breed” market segment. Our multicore technology is
comprised of a high order of digital signal carriers embedded in modems having multiple baseband cores, designed
for microwave and millimeter-wave communications, and RF integrated circuits (RFIC), which support the entire
available microwave and millimeter-wave spectrum. We integrate our multicore technology SoCs into sub-systems
and complete wireless transport solutions that deliver high value for our customers. With our approach to solutions,
from system-on-a-chip design, all the way to solutions design, we enable cellular operators, other wireless service
providers, public safety organizations, utility companies and private network owners to effectively obtain a range of
benefits:
•
Increase business operational efficiency by reducing network-related expenses. Our customers are able to
obtain the required capacity with one-quarter of the spectrum needed otherwise, double network capacity
without adding more equipment simply by remotely expanding wireless link capacity, significantly reduce
energy related expenses by utilizing our energy efficient products, use smaller antennas thereby reducing
telecommunication tower leasing costs, and improve their staff productivity with the use of a single wireless
transport platform for their long-haul, short-haul and small/distributed cells transport needs. We offer a range
of solutions for quick and simple modernization of wireless networks to 4G and 5G, which significantly
contribute to our customers’ ability to modernize and expand their services.
Our wireless transport solutions are offered across the widest range of frequencies - from 4GHz microwaves
to 86GHz millimeter-waves. This provides our customer with more flexibility in deploying its wireless
transport infrastructure, as it enables the customer to select the spectrum available in the customer’s market,
from a wider range of frequencies. Any transport network topology is supported to enable high network
availability and resiliency, including ring, mesh, tree and chain topologies.
•
Enhance service portfolio, quality of experience and reach. Our multicore technology allows our customers
to introduce new services (e.g. 5G use cases), to improve subscriber (user) quality of experience generated
from the voice, data and multimedia services that they provide to their customers and to extend their network
and services reach in order to address new markets. Our All-outdoor offering enables quicker installation and
deployment, hence improving time-to-market of our customers’ services to their subscribers.
•
Ensure peace of mind. Our solutions utilize the latest in microwave and millimeter-wave technology,
incorporated in-house developed System-on-Chips (baseband and RF integrated circuits), and use the latest
advances in SMT (Surface-mount technologies) based manufacturing – allowing our customers to benefit
44
from the highest service availability across their Ceragon-based wireless transport network.
• End to End connectivity solutions for Private Networks. Our solutions for private networks include a suite of
products and services, either owned by us or by our ecosystem partners, to support private networks in
everything they need for high quality connectivity solutions and complete support from initial ideation and
design, to deployment, ongoing management and support, allowing our customers to have a one-stop shop
for all network related operations. Our acquisition by merger of E2E expands our offering with additional
services, use cases and proprietary vendor-agnostic management software.
We provide our customers with future solutions already built-in to their Ceragon-installed base. We invest a
significant amount of effort in designing and providing solutions, which are not only backward compatible with our
earlier product generations, but also allow our customers to reuse the radio units and antennas of their Ceragon links
installed base, thereby replacing only the low labor-consuming indoor (sheltered) units - thus benefiting from the latest
wireless transport performance of our latest technology across their Ceragon-installed base. Moreover, our solutions
support multiple technologies within the same wireless transport equipment, providing our customers with high
flexibility in network transition from legacy connectivity to 4G and 5G connectivity and architectures, at their desired
pace of transition - while achieving long-term operational efficiency, high service quality and availability.
Design to Cost. We see increasing demand for smaller systems with low power consumption and a cost
structure that fits today’s business environment in the diverse markets, seeking wireless transport solutions. We
believe that this complicated puzzle can only be solved through vertical integration from system to chip level. Our
strategy to drive performance up while driving costs down is achieved through our investment in modem and RF
(radio frequency) integrated circuit (IC) design. Our advanced chipsets, which are already in use in hundreds of
thousands of units in the field, integrate all the radio functionality required for high-end microwave and millimeter-
wave systems. By owning the technology and controlling the complete system design, we achieve a very high level
of vertical integration and cost structure and control over the timing of introducing certain capabilities, which is not
available to vendors relying on off-the-shelf chipsets. This, in turn, enables us to yield systems that have superior
performance when compared with systems which use off-the-shelf chipsets component available from the other single
source, due to our ability to closely integrate and fine-tune the performance of all the radio components. We have
introduced automated testing that allows us to speed up production while lowering the costs for electronic
manufacturing services manufacturers. Thus, we believe we are able to achieve one of the lowest per-system cost
positions in the industry and can offer our customers further savings through compact, low power consumption designs
– which is becoming a key parameter in the ability of operators to deploy their networks, while meeting operational
efficiency targets, and at the same time promote a more “green” environment by reducing energy consumption and
environmental pollution caused thereby.
Strategic Partnerships. Ceragon maintains strategic partnerships with third party solution vendors and
network integrators. Through these relationships Ceragon develops interoperable ecosystems, enabling operators and
private networks to profitably evolve networks by using complementary transport alternatives. In some cases, we have
entered into a strategic alliance with a multinational technology company that, nevertheless, chooses our technology
for its future products, acknowledging that we propose the “best-of-breed” cutting edge technology.
Our Products
Our portfolio of products utilizes microwave and millimeter-wave radio technologies that provide our
customers with a wireless connectivity that dynamically adapts to weather conditions and optimizes range and
efficiency for a given frequency channel bandwidth. Our products are typically sold as a complete system comprised
of some or all of the following four components: an outdoor unit, an indoor unit, a compact high-performance antenna
and a network management system. We offer all-packet microwave and millimeter-wave radio links, with optional
migration from TDM to Ethernet. Our products include integrated networking functions for both TDM, Ethernet and
IP/MPLS.
We offer our products in four configurations: All-outdoor, split-mount, all-indoor, and disaggregated
transport.
•
All-outdoor solutions combine the functionality of both the indoor and outdoor units in a single, compact
device. This weather-proof enclosure is fastened to an antenna, eliminating the need for rack space or
sheltering, as well as the need for air conditioning, and is more environmentally friendly due to its lower
footprint and power consumption.
45
•
Split-mount solutions consist of:
➢ Indoor units which are used to process and manage information transmitted to and from the outdoor
unit, aggregate multiple transmission signals and provide a physical interface to wire-line networks.
➢ Outdoor units or Radio Frequency Units (RFU), which are used to control power transmission, and
provide an interface between antennas and indoor units. They are contained in compact weather-
proof enclosures fastened to antennas. Indoor units are connected to outdoor units by standard
coaxial or Cat-5/6 baseband cables.
•
All-indoor solutions refer to solutions in which the entire system (indoor unit and RFU) resides in a
single rack inside a transmission equipment room. A waveguide connection transports the radio signals
to the antenna mounted on a tower. All indoor equipment is typically used in long-haul applications.
•
Disaggregated wireless transport solutions offer a single radio suitable for all-outdoor, a split-mount
scenario, and a networking unit, which provides versatile and scalable hardware options based on
merchant routing silicon and also provides routing capabilities (L3) that are radio technologies aware.
•
Pointing out accurate solutions for high movement environments. These are advanced microwave radio
systems for use on moving rigs/vessels where the antenna is stabilized in one or two axes, azimuth or
azimuth/elevation.
•
Antennas are used to transmit and receive microwave radio signals from one side of the wireless link to
the other. These devices are mounted on poles typically placed on rooftops, towers or buildings. We rely
on third party vendors to supply this component.
•
End-to-End Network Management. Our network management system uses standard management
protocol to monitor and control managed devices at both the element and network level and can be
integrated into our customers’ existing network management systems.
•
Unified network intelligence and management software suite: Provides an intuitive and in-depth view of
the entire wireless transport network. It is the ideal tool to proactively run, analyze and maintain network
health for the best performance and functionality. In addition, it provides self-defined automation use
cases, pre-defined configuration files that can be uploaded quickly to the network elements - on-site or
remotely.
•
Smart Activation Key: A single centralized Smart Activation Key that instantly discovers and
automatically activates all network elements.
•
PtMP - We acquired a new type of solution that provides Point to Multi-Point offering. This solution is
ideal for the emerging 5G Gigabit Wireless Access (GWA) market for residential customers and many
enterprise market segments that require dense gigabit connectivity.
The IP-20 Platform provides a wide range of solutions for any configuration requirement and diverse
networking scenarios. Composed of high-density multi-technology nodes and integrated radio units of multiple radio
technologies ranging from 4GHz and up to 86GHz, it offers ultra-high capacity of multiple Gbps with flexibility in
accommodating for every site providing high performance terminals for all-indoor, split mount and all-outdoor
configurations. The IP-20 platform supports carrier-ethernet services and is MEF 2.0 certified.
The IP-50 Platform provides wireless transport using a single type of radio in microwave or millimeter-
wave for all configuration and installation scenarios and IP/MPLS and segment routing capabilities over merchant
silicon hardware options.
IP-20 All-outdoor solutions:
Product
Frequency range
Application
Networking & transport
technologies
IP-20C
6-42GHz, dual-carrier
Shorthaul, small cells, enterprise
Carrier Ethernet
IP-20C-HP
4-11GHz, dual-carrier
Longhaul
Carrier Ethernet
IP-20S
6-42GHz
Shorthaul, enterprise
Carrier Ethernet
46
Product
Frequency range
Application
Networking & transport
technologies
IP-20E
71-86GHz
Shorthaul, small cells, enterprise
Carrier Ethernet
IP-20V
57-66GHz
Shorthaul, small cells, enterprise
Carrier Ethernet
IP-20 Split-mount / all-indoor solutions:
Product
Frequency range
Application
Networking & transport technologies
IP-20N / IP-20A 4-86GHz
Shorthaul, Long-haul
Carrier Ethernet, TDM
IP-20F
4-86GHz
Shorthaul
Carrier Ethernet, TDM
IP-20G
6-42GHz
Shorthaul
Carrier Ethernet, TDM
IP-50 disaggregated solutions:
Product
Frequency range
Application
Networking & transport technologies
IP-50E
71-86GHz
Shorthaul, Fronthaul,
Enterprise access
CE
IP-50EX
71-86GHz
Shorthaul, Enterprise access CE
IP-50C
6-42GHz, dual-carrier
Shorthaul
CE
IP-50CX
6-42GHz, dual-carrier
Shorthaul
CE
IP-50FX
6-86GHz
Shorthaul, Long-haul,
Routing
IP/MPLS, CE
As wireless transport capacity needs grow, the wireless transport network blueprint evolves to supporting
more radio carriers in one box (2 carriers, instead of 1) as a basic configuration with the IP-20C product, or even 4+0
(a link utilizing 4-carriers in a carrier-aggregation configuration) in all-outdoor configuration with layer-1 carrier
aggregation to support growing capacity needs at minimal footprint with the IP-50C product. Ceragon’s multicore
technology covers all network scenarios and site configurations wherever All-outdoor, Split-mount, or All-indoor.
Various multicore radio units can be used with IP-20N/ IP-20A, IP-20F or IP-50FX products, such as RFU-D and the
RFU-D-HP, or IP-50C and IP-50E in the disaggregated solution (i.e. can be used as a stand-alone, all-outdoor radio
or in a split-mount configuration, connected to the IP-50FX). As part of the IP-50FX Disaggregated Cell Site Gateway
(DCSG), we introduced a Radio Aware Open Networking (RAON) Software, designed to increase operational
efficiency, simplify radio monitoring and management, and expect in the future to release a reduced energy
consumption.
In addition to the IP-20 and the IP-50 Platforms, Ceragon provides the PointLink portfolio that offers a
tailored solution for oil and gas and other maritime offshore applications.
We are also able to address a new range of markets and opportunities with the addition of Siklu’s products:
The EtherHaul Platform (EH) provides a wide range of Point-to-Point all-outdoor radios operating in the
mmWave spectrum (V-band 60GHz license-exempt and E-band 70/80GHz lightly licensed). Deployable at street level
with integrated antennas or on roof-tops and towers with external antennas, the capacity ranges from 1Gbps to 20Gbps.
All the radios are PoE or DC powered, and many offer PoE-out options to power additional equipment served by the
wireless link.
The MultiHaul Platform (MH) is a novel series of all-outdoor compact radios operating in the 60GHz
license exempt spectrum, with beam-forming self-aligning antennas, and Layer 2 SDN MESH capability for SON
47
(Self-Organizing-Network). The radios operate in Point-to-Multipoint topologies, lowering the cost of the radio link,
and growing the range or coverage of the wireless network. The MESH can feature redundant links to raise the
resiliency of the wireless network. All the radios are PoE powered, and many offer PoE-out options to power additional
equipment served by the wireless link.
Product
Frequency range
Application
Networking & transport technologies
EH-600TX,
EH-614TX
57-68GHz
Smart City, Street level,
Broadband Access, Private
Network
PtP, CE & transparent bridge, PoE-in/out
EH-710TX
71-76GHz
Smart City, Street level,
Broadband Access, Private
Network
PtP, CE & transparent bridge, PoE-in/out
EH-8010FX
71-86GHz
Broadband Access, Private
Network
PtP, transparent bridge
MH-B100 & MH-
T200
59-64GHz
Smart City, Street level,
Broadband Access, Private
Network
PtMP, transparent bridge to full VLAN,
PoE-in/out
MH-N36x, MH-
N265
MH-T280, MH-
T265, MH-T260/1
57-66GHz
Smart City, Street level,
Broadband Access, Private
Network
PtMP, MESH, transparent bridge to full
VLAN, PoE-in/out
Our network management system (NMS) can be used to monitor network element status, provide statistical
and inventory reports, download software and configuration to elements in the network, and provide end-to-end
service management across the network. Our NMS solutions support all our microwave and millimeter-wave products
through a single user interface.
SDN (Software Defined Network) solution
As the mobile industry progresses towards the 5G era, SDN is becoming more important for operators. SDN
concepts and protocols will allow the operators to have a complete, multi-technology, multi-vendor view of their
network and apply optimization and predictive maintenance instructions in real time. The SDN concepts and values
fit well the openness and disaggregation principles our customers are seeking. We offer our customers a wide variety
of SDN supporting products and tools:
•
SDN Controller – Ceragon’s SDN Master is a complete controller supporting SDN protocols that can monitor
and control Ceragon’s products in an SDN environment. The SDN Master can work as a ‘standalone’ controller,
or as part of an SDN solution managed by a higher level SDN controller offered by a third-party vendor
(sometimes referred to as an SDN Orchestrator), allowing full flexibility to our customers.
•
SDN support in our wireless transport products - all Ceragon IP-20 and IP-50 products support the needed SDN
protocols allowing the operator to manage these products with Ceragon SDN controllers but also with third party
SDN controllers, again, allowing full flexibility to our customers.
•
SDN applications – Software (SW) tools with significant impact on our customers’ TCO (total cost of ownership),
network availability, and fast network rollout. These applications enable operators to increase their network
efficiency and effectiveness with operational optimization and automatization capabilities. With the SDN
technology, Ceragon SW solutions are entering into the cloud domain allowing multiple open and flexible
deployment scenarios for our customers. Currently, Ceragon is developing and enhancing those and other SW
tools in order to expand our offering also to stand-alone SW solutions and services either as on-premises, remote
or SaaS services. Ceragon recently launched “Ceragon Insight”, which is a unified network intelligence and
management software suite for wireless transport network. It aims to provide NOC and Engineering teams with
deep insight and analytics tools that save money by enabling highly effective operations, assuring quality of
service, and speeding response to ongoing and upcoming issues.
48
IP-100 Platform
Ceragon has invested in a new chipset which incorporates multi-cores in a chipset which was launched in 2024 and is
now integrated into our IP-100E family, offering industry-leading performance and capacity. We are already designing
the first IP-100 products that will be using that chipset that will significantly increase our wireless transport products
capabilities in terms of higher capacity, lower latency and more, the first of them just recently launched. These
capabilities will make the IP-100 platform the optimized choice for existing and new use cases in the 5G mobile
market. The IP-100 platform is expected to expand Ceragon products coverage beyond the MW bands, V-Band and
E-Band range (4-86 GHz) and include W-band (up to 110 GHz) and D-band (up to 170 GHz) products.
As telecommunication networks and services become more demanding, there is an increasing need to match
the indoor units’ advanced networking capabilities with powerful and efficient radio units. Our outdoor RFUs are
designed with sturdiness, power, simplicity and compatibility in mind. As such, they provide high-power transmission
for both short and long distances and can be assembled and installed quickly and easily. The RFUs can operate with
different Ceragon indoor units, according to the desired configuration, addressing any network need be it cellular,
backbone, rural or private transport networks.
Our Services
We offer complete solutions and services for the design and implementation of telecommunication networks,
as well as the expansion or integration of existing ones. We have a global projects and services group that operates
alongside our products groups. Under this group we offer our customers a comprehensive set of turn-key services
including: advanced network and radio planning, site survey, solutions development, installation, network auditing
and optimization, maintenance, training and more. Our services include utilization of powerful project management
tools in order to streamline deployments of complex wireless networks, thereby reducing time and costs associated
with network set-up, and allowing faster time to revenue. Our experienced teams can deploy hundreds of “wireless
transport links” every week, and our rollout project track-record includes hundreds of thousands of links already
installed and in operation with a variety of Tier 1 operators.
We are committed to providing high levels of service and implementation support to our customers. Our sales
and network field engineering services personnel work closely with customers, system integrators and others to
coordinate network design and ensure successful deployment of our solutions.
We support our products with documentation and training courses tailored to our customers’ varied needs.
We have the capability to remotely monitor the in-network performance of our products and to diagnose and address
problems that may arise. We help our customers to integrate our network management system into their existing
internal network operations control centers.
Currently, in the pursuit of our new strategy to diversify and expand our offering to include, among other
things, solutions for WISPs (wireless internet services), private networks and software based solutions, we are
developing and enhancing SW tools including those that have been used by us for networks planning, commissioning,
monitoring, optimization and maintenance, to be included in our services offering as a stand-alone SW solutions and
services either as on-premise, remote or SaaS.
Ceragon Digital Twin is a Ceragon developed tool that creates a virtual representation of customers’ physical
networks. The Ceragon Digital Twin can be used to analyze, emulate, diagnose, and optimize the physical network
and site infrastructure based on detailed modeling, data collection and interfaces to achieve near real-time, interactive
mapping between physical networks and virtual twin networks. Our customers benefit from a data-driven and vendor-
agnostic system that proactively identifies network weak spots, redundancies, energy cost inefficiencies, alerts for
upcoming capacity bottlenecks, and many other network health and efficiency features. Customers benefit from a
more resilient network as well as both CAPEX and OPEX savings, driven by optimized, when and where needed
expansion, energy cost reduction, and a lowered need for site visits. We also invest to expand our Digital Twin solution
offering to better support critical private networks requirements, including IoT standards and selected devices.
Ceragon’s Managed Services offering provides end-to-end, proactive management of the customer’s network
operation. Ceragon leverages its decades of networking expertise, specialized software tools and Network
Management personnel, to relieve customers from the need to manage their network infrastructure. Professional and
efficient network management saves customer resources, provides “peace of mind”, and allows our customers to focus
on their actual business activities. These services are specifically designed for smaller public networks and private
networks where there is lower available headcount and often less technological expertise.
49
Our suite of Professional Services was designed specifically for private networks to make possible the easiest
network implementation throughout the entire network lifecycle – to help meet all of their connectivity needs. From
planning and designing the right solution, through sourcing the required equipment, rolling out and installing the
network and assuring optimal performance through ongoing testing, management and maintenance services, Ceragon
can customize the appropriate service offering for each customer. In addition, we are investing in expanding our
system integration capabilities to support more use cases and verticals, as the demand for modern private networks
continues to increase.
Our recent acquisition by merger of E2E expands our services and software offering, focused on the needs
of private networks. E2E served dozens of customers, supporting them with meaningful networks deployments and
software-based management. E2E brings capabilities in providing a full suite of services and system integration
capabilities.
Our Customers
We have sold our products, directly and through a variety of channels, to over 600 service providers and more than
1,600 private network customers in more than approximately 130 countries. Our principal customers are wireless
service providers that use our products to expand transport network capacity, reduce transport costs and support the
provision of advanced telecommunications services. In 2024, we continued to maintain our position as the number
one wireless transport specialist, in terms of unit shipments and global distribution of our business. While most of our
sales are direct, we do reach a number of these customers through OEM or distributor relationships. We also sell
systems to large enterprises and public institutions that operate their own private communications networks through
system integrators, resellers and distributors. Our customer base is diverse in terms of both size and geographic
location.
In 2024, customers from the Europe region contributed 14% of total yearly revenue. Our sales in Latin
America and Africa in 2024 were 9% and 2% of yearly revenue, respectively. Our sales in Asia Pacific (excluding
India), North America and India in 2024 were 9%, 23% and 43%, respectively.
The following table summarizes the distribution of our revenues by region, stated as a percentage of total
revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022:
Year Ended December 31,
Region
2024
2023
2022
North America )*(
23%
27%
23%
EMEA
(
*
)*
16%
19%
21%
India
43%
34%
27%
Asia-Pacific
9%
7%
11%
Latin America
9%
13%
18%
)*( As of December 31, 2024, 2023 and 2022, 97%, 94% and 87% represent revenues in the United States.
(**) Including Europe, Middle East and Africa.
Sales and Marketing
We sell our products through a variety of channels, including direct sales, OEMs, resellers, distributors and
system integrators. Our sales and marketing staff, including services and supporting functions, include approximately
679 employees in many countries worldwide, who work together with local agents, distributors and OEMs to expand
our business.
We are a supplier to various key OEMs which together account for approximately 4% of our revenues in
2024. System integrators, distributors and resellers accounted for approximately 15% of our revenues for 2024. We
are focusing our efforts on direct sales, which accounted for approximately 81% of our revenues for 2024. We also
plan to develop additional strategic relationships with equipment vendors, global and local system integrators,
distributors, resellers, networking companies and other industry suppliers with the goal of gaining greater access to
50
our target markets.
Marketing plays an important role in promoting Ceragon’s products, solutions and services in creating lead
generation to new and existing customers, and ultimately establishing its leadership and differentiation in the market.
Ceragon’s key marketing activities include the following:
•
Proactively planning and executing marketing campaigns and developing content as well as communications
material to promote the Ceragon products, solutions and services to customers and prospects over the entire
course of the sales-cycle. Activities include advertising, e-mail, press releases, newsletters, marketing
collateral (white papers, e-books, brochures, case studies, etc.), blogs, promotional videos and more. This
content is produced and written with search engine optimization in mind to ensure Ceragon high ranking in
customer organic search results.
•
Organizing and running exhibitions, seminars and events. This goes far beyond the mere planning the logistics
of the event, but customizing messaging for target audience, creating event materials, such as displays,
presentations, animated videos, demos, and most importantly promoting the event to customers and prospects
to ensure successful attendance and secure customer meetings.
Following the outbreak of the COVID-19 pandemic, we have developed remote marketing tools such as
webinars, live-demos, remote seminars and enhanced the use of digital tools and remote marketing activities.
Although revenues may sometimes be lower in the first quarter of the year than in the rest of the year and
may sometimes increase towards the end of a fiscal year, our revenue and operating results are hard to predict and
may vary significantly from quarter to quarter and from our expectations for any specific period. The timing of
revenue recognition is based on several factors. See Item 5. Operating and Financial Review and Prospects –
General – Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates – Revenue Recognition.
Manufacturing and Assembly
Our manufacturing process consists of materials planning and procurement, assembly of indoor units and
outdoor units, final product assurance testing, quality control and packaging and shipping. With the goal of
streamlining all manufacturing and assembly processes, we have implemented an outsourced, just-in-time
manufacturing strategy that relies on contract manufacturers to manufacture and assemble circuit boards and other
components used in our products and to assemble and test indoor units and outdoor units for us. The use of advanced
supply chain techniques has enabled us to increase our manufacturing capacity, reduce our manufacturing costs and
improve our efficiency.
We comply with standards promulgated by the International Organization for Standardization and have
received certification under the ISO 9001 (Quality), ISO 14001 (Environment), ISO 27001 (Information Security
Management System) and ISO 45001 (Health and Safety) standards. These standards define the procedures required
for the manufacture of products with predictable and stable performance and quality, as well as environmental
guidelines for our operations and safety assurance.
We outsource most of our manufacturing operations to major contract manufacturers in Israel, Singapore, the
Philippines and China. We established an RMA center in India. Most of our warehouse operations are outsourced to
subcontractors in Israel, the Netherlands, the United States, Philippines and Singapore. The raw materials
(components) for our products come primarily from the United States, Europe and Asia Pacific.
Our activities in Europe require that we comply with European Union Directives with respect to product
quality assurance standards and environmental standards including the “RoHS” (Restrictions of Hazardous
Substances) Directive.
Additionally, we apply and maintain a conflict mineral policy with respect to the sourcing of metal parts
containing tin, tungsten, tantalum and gold, also referred to as 3TG, in addition to other trade compliance policies.
Research and Development
We place considerable emphasis on research and development to improve and expand the capabilities of our
existing products, to develop new products and features and effective bandwidth utilization, and to lower the cost of
producing both existing and future products. We intend to continue to devote a significant portion of our personnel
and financial resources to research and development. As part of our product development process, we maintain close
51
relationships with our customers to identify market needs and to define appropriate product specifications. In addition,
we intend to continue to comply with industry standards and we are full members of the European
Telecommunications Standards Institute in order to participate in the formulation of European standards.
Our research and development activities are conducted mainly at our facilities in Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, but
also at our subsidiaries in Greece, Romania and India (Bangalore). As of December 31, 2024, our research,
development and engineering staff consisted of 260 employees globally. Our research and development team includes
highly specialized engineers and technicians with expertise in the fields of millimeter-wave design, modem and signal
processing, data communications, system management and networking solutions.
Our research and development department provide us with the ability to design and develop most of the
aspects of our proprietary solutions, from the chip-level, including both application specific integrated circuits, or
ASICs and RFICs, to full system integration. Our research and development projects currently in process include
extensions to our leading IP-based networking product lines and development of new technologies to support future
product concepts. In addition, our engineers continually work to redesign our products with the goal of improving
their manufacturability and testability while reducing costs.
Intellectual Property
To safeguard our proprietary technology, we rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade
secret laws, confidentiality agreements and other contractual arrangements with our customers, third-party
distributors, consultants and employees, each of which affords only limited protection. We have a policy which
requires all of our employees to execute employment agreements which contain confidentiality provisions.
To date, Ceragon has 18 patents granted in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions including the
EPO (European Patent Office) and 10 patent applications pending in the United States and other foreign jurisdictions
including the EPO.
In addition, Siklu has 31 patents granted in the United States, 1 patent granted in the UK and 4 patent
applications pending in Germany.
Ceragon has registered trademarks as follows:
-
for the standard character mark Ceragon Networks in Canada;
-
for the standard character mark CERAGON, national registrations in Morocco, Malaysia, Indonesia
(under the name of Ceragon Networks AS), Japan, Israel, Mexico, the United States, South Africa, the
Philippines, Argentina, Venezuela, Peru, Canada, Nigeria, Brazil and Colombia, United Kingdom and
India, and International Registration (protection granted in Australia, Iceland, Bosnia & Herzegovina,
Korea, Switzerland, Croatia, Norway, Russia, China, Ukraine, CTM (European Union), Turkey,
Singapore, Macedonia, Egypt, Kenya and Vietnam);
-
for our design mark for FibeAir in United Kingdom and the European Union;
-
for the standard character mark FibeAir in the United States; and
-
for the standard character mark CeraView in United Kingdom and the European Union.
In addition, E2E has 1 trademark for the standard character mark E2E in the United States.
Competition
The market for wireless equipment is rapidly evolving, fragmented, highly competitive and subject to rapid
technological change. We expect competition, which may differ from region to region, to persist in the future -
especially if rapid technological developments occur in the broadband wireless equipment industry or in other
competing high-speed access technologies.
We compete with a number of wireless equipment providers worldwide that vary in size and in the types of
products and solutions they offer. Our primary competitors include large wireless equipment manufacturers referred
to as generalists, such as Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd., L.M. Ericsson Telephone Company, Nokia Corporation and
ZTE Corporation. In addition to these primary competitors, a number of other smaller wireless transport equipment
suppliers, including Aviat Networks Inc., SIAE Microelectronica S.p.A, Cambium Networks (60GHz MESH products
only), and Intracom telecom, offer and develop products that compete with our products.
52
We also expect consolidation pressure to continue as the wireless equipment market continues to be highly
competitive and, as a result, we face price pressures. We expect to continue to be a leader in the “best-of-breed” market
segment of the wireless transport market in terms of market share, technology and innovation, providing significant
value to our customers.
Further market dynamics may drive some operators, which seek “best-of-breed” solutions, to seek “bundled”
network solutions from the generalists. This trend may put additional strain on our competitiveness.
In addition, the development and expansion of Low Earth Orbit (LEO) satellite networks have become more
capable of providing backhaul connectivity for cellular networks, and therefore there is a potential for network
operators to favor satellite-based solutions over our microwave transmission products.
Furthermore, technologies such as FSO, laser and photonic, are emerging as potential alternatives to
traditional wireless transport solutions. These technologies leverage optical communication principles to deliver high-
capacity, low-latency, and interference-resistant connectivity.
We believe we compete favorably based on:
•
the diversification of our technologies and capabilities, which allows flexible vertical integration options,
including the development of the core technology – RFIC and modems, including SoC (System on Chip);
•
our focus and active involvement in shaping next generation standards and technologies, which deliver
best customer value;
•
our product performance, reliability and functionality, which assist our customers to achieve the highest
value;
•
the range and maturity of our product portfolio, including the ability to provide solutions in every widely
available microwave and millimeter-wave licensed and license-exempt frequency, as well as our ability
to provide both IP and circuit switch solutions and therefore to facilitate a migration path for circuit-
switched to IP-based networks;
•
our design to cost structure;
•
our time-to-market advantage, due to having our own technology and our own chipsets;
•
our focus on high-capacity, point-to-point microwave and point-to-point as well as point-to-multipoint
millimeter-wave technologies, which allows us to quickly adapt to our customers’ evolving needs;
•
the range of rollout services offering for faster deployment of an entire network and reduced total cost
of ownership;
•
our support and technical service, experience and commitment to high quality customer service,
•
our ability to expand to other vertical markets such as oil and gas and public safety, by drawing upon the
capabilities of our technologies and solutions;
•
Our unified network intelligence and management software suite is used for multi-vendor wireless
transport networks. It provides the customer’s NOC and Engineering teams with deep insight and
analytics tools that save money by enabling highly effective operations, assuring the best quality of
service, and speeding up the team’s response to ongoing and upcoming issues;
•
Our Smart activation key SW allows to instantly discover and automatically activate all customers'
network elements efficiently. This eliminates delivery and deployment delays with easy, instant, friction-
free activation, along with powerful actionable intelligence from network element usage reports to
improve performance, increase efficiency, and reduce operating costs; and
•
Our Wireless Network Design Engine, WiNDE, simplifies the design challenges of deploying the right
piece of equipment at every point in the network. WiNDE takes in all the locations to be served in a
given mmW network and applies cost and performance factors to automatically recommend optimal,
cost-effective, and robust implementations from which to choose. The tool also creates a Bill of Materials
to build the selected design as well as the configuration files to ensure that operations are as designed.
The Israel Innovation Authority and other Granting Authorities
The government of Israel encourages research and development projects in Israel through the IIA, formerly
known as the Israeli Office of Chief Scientist, pursuant to the provisions of the R&D Law and subject thereto. We
received grants from the IIA for several projects and may receive additional grants in the future.
Under the terms of certain IIA plans, a company may be required to pay royalties ranging between 3% to 6%
(depending on the terms and conditions of the specific plan and the classification of the company), of the revenues
53
generated from its products or services incorporating know-how developed with, or are a derivative of, funds received
from the IIA (“IIA Products”), until 100% of the dollar value of the grant is repaid (plus LIBOR interest applicable to
grants received on or after January 1, 1999 and until July 1, 2017; the interest applicable to grants received on or after
July 1, 2017, and until January 1, 2024 is: (i) LIBOR interest until December 31, 2023, and (ii) thereafter, 12 months
Term SOFR as published in the first trading day of each year by CME Group, or by any other party authorized by the
Federal Reserve, or in alternative publication by the Bank of Israel, with the addition of 0.71513%; the interest
applicable to grants received on or after January 1, 2024 is 12 months Term SOFR as published in the first trading day
of each year by CME Group, or by any other party authorized by the Federal Reserve, or in alternative publication by
the Bank of Israel).
The R&D Law requires that the manufacturing of IIA Products be carried out in Israel, unless the IIA provides
its approval to the contrary. Such approval may only be granted under various conditions and entails repayment of
increased royalties equal to up to 300% of the total grant amount, plus applicable interest, depending on the extent of
the manufacturing that is to be conducted outside of Israel. In any case, IIA Products manufactured abroad carry an
increase of 1% in the royalty rate.
The R&D Law also provides that know-how (and its derivatives) developed with, or that is a derivative of,
funds received from the IIA and any right derived therefrom may not be transferred to third parties, unless such transfer
was approved in accordance with the R&D Law. The research committee operating under the IIA may approve the
transfer of know-how between Israeli entities, provided that the transferee undertakes all the obligations in connection
with the R&D grant as prescribed under the R&D Law. In certain cases, such research committee may also approve a
transfer of know-how outside of Israel, in both cases subject to the receipt of certain payments, calculated according
to a formula set forth in the R&D Law, in amounts of up to six (6) times the total amount of the IIA grants, plus
applicable interest (in case of transfer outside of Israel), and three (3) times of such total amount, plus applicable
interest, (in case sufficient R&D activity related to the know how remains in Israel). Such approvals are not required
for the sale or export of any products resulting from such R&D activity.
Further, the R&D Law imposes reporting requirements on certain companies with respect to changes in the
ownership of a grant recipient. The grant recipient, its controlling shareholders, and foreign interested parties of such
companies must notify the IIA of any change in control of the grant’s recipient or the holdings of the “means of
control” of the recipient that result in an Israeli or a non-Israeli becoming an interested party directly in the recipient.
The R&D Law also requires the new interested party to undertake to comply with the R&D Law. For this purpose,
“control” means the ability to direct the activities of a company (other than any ability arising solely from serving as
an officer or director of the company), including the holding of 25% or more of the “means of control”, if no other
shareholder holds 50% or more of such “means of control.” “Means of control” refers to voting rights or the right to
appoint directors or the chief executive officer. An “interested party” of a company includes a holder of 5% or more
of its outstanding share capital or voting rights, its chief executive officer and directors, someone who has the right to
appoint its chief executive officer or at least one director, and a company with respect to which any of the foregoing
interested parties owns 25% or more of the outstanding share capital or voting rights or has the right to appoint 25%
or more of the directors. Accordingly, in certain cases, any non-Israeli who acquires 5% or more of our ordinary shares
may be required to notify the IIA that it has become an interested party and to sign an undertaking to comply with the
R&D Law. In addition, the rules of the IIA may require additional information or representations with respect to such
events.
In December 2006, Ceragon entered into an agreement with IIA to conclude our research and development
grant programs sponsored by the IIA. Under the agreement, we were obligated to repay the IIA approximately $11.9
million in outstanding grants, in six semiannual installments from 2007 through 2009. During the second quarter of
2008, we paid the IIA approximately $7.4 million to retire all the debt remaining from this agreement. Nevertheless,
we continue to be subject to the obligations and restrictions under the R&D Law and the IIA regulations, including
regarding transfer of know-how and manufacturing outside of Israel, in respect to these grants. Following the 2006
arrangement with the IIA, Ceragon is considered as “Technological Innovation Investment-Abundant Corporation”
and we can apply for grants only under non-royalty-bearing programs.
In each of 2013 and 2014 we received approval for a new R&D grant from the IIA in amounts of
approximately $0.7 million and $0.9 million respectively, under a generic program (the “Generic Plan”). Additionally,
and under such plan, in 2015 we received approval for new R&D grants in the amount of approximately $0.6 million,
and in 2016, 2017 and 2018 we received approval for grants in a total amount for the three years, of approximately
$1.4 million. In 2019 and 2020 we received approval for additional grants under the Generic Plan, in the frame of
54
which we received a total amount of approximately $
1.3
million. The Generic Plan has ended. The Generic Plan
requires us to comply with the requirements of the R&D Law in the same manner applicable to previous grants,
provided, however, that the obligation to pay royalties on sales of products based on technology or know how
developed with the Generic Plan may apply, under certain conditions, to a recipient of the technology or knowhow
developed with the Generic Plan, to the extent such is sold and/or transferred, while the Company’s self-sales of its
products without such transfer, do not bear royalty payment obligations. In addition, we may manufacture part of the
products developed under the program outside of Israel, up to the percentages declared in our applications for such
grants.
In March 2014, we participated in two Magnet Consortium Programs called “Hyper” and “Neptune” (the
“Magnet Programs”) sponsored by the IIA. Under these Magnet Programs, which are intended to support innovative
generic industry-oriented technologies, we cooperated with additional companies and research institutes. In the years
2016, 2017 and 2018 we received approval from the IIA for a sum of $3.8 million in aggregate, under these Magnet
Programs. These two Magnet Programs have ended. The R&D Law applies to Magnet Programs, including the
restrictions on transfer of know how or manufacturing outside of Israel, as described above. In addition, certain
restrictions resulting from Magnet Programs’ internal agreements between the consortium members may apply.
In 2020, we joined as a member to an Industrial consortium called “WIN – Wireless Intelligent Networks
Consortium” under a MAGNET consortium. The project ended in February 2023. In the framework of this project,
Ceragon received a grant totaling $1.2 million during the years 2020-2024.
In 2020, we signed with Ariel University a Research and License Agreement under a Magneton plan. This
project ended at the end of November 2022. In the framework of this project, we received a grant totaling $0.6 million
during the years 2020-2024.
In 2021, we applied under the Promoting Applied Research in Academia (Nofar). Under this project, we
supported a development plan of Ariel University and funded 10% of this plan (the IIA grants the other 90%). This
plan did not call for any grant from the IIA. This project ended in 2023.
In January 2023, we applied under the Magneton Plan with the Technion, Haifa Institute of Technology (“Technion”).
This project called “SW Managed Diplexer” was approved by the IIA. The project started in January 2024 and will
end in March 2025. During 2024 we received a grant totaling approximately $0.2 million.
In January 2023, we entered as a member into the Magnet Consortium Program called “MM Production”.
The total grant for this project is approximately $1.0 million (for a three-year period). So far, we have received an
amount of $0.5 million. The R&D Law applies to the Magnet Consortium Programs, including the restrictions on
transfer of know how or manufacturing outside of Israel, as described above. In addition, certain restrictions resulting
from Magnet Consortium Programs’ internal agreements between the consortium members may apply.
In February 2023, we applied under the Magneton Program with Ben-Gurion University. This program called “MESH
Scheduling based AI” was approved and the total grant for it is approximately $0.5 million (for a two year-period).
So far, we have received an amount of approximately $0.2 million.
In March 2023, we applied under the Magneton Plan with Tel-Aviv University. This program called “Fault Analysis”
was approved and the total grant for it is approximately $0.2 million (for a one-year period). So far, we have received
an amount of $0.1 million.
In May 2023, we applied under the Industry Research Program for research in the D-band field. This program
was approved and the total grant for it is approximately $1.1 million (for a two-year period). So far, we have received
approximately $0.4 million.
During 2024 we applied under the Magneton Plan with Ben-Gurion University. This program called
“Identifying and classifying communication network fault locations” was approved and the total grant for it is
approximately $0.3 million (for a two year-period). The project started in March 2025.
In addition, we are part of a Horizon Europe project called Unity-6G. The UNITY-6G project aims to address
energy efficiency and sustainability challenges in networked services, leveraging technologies like AI/ML, distributed
ledger technologies (DLTs) to secure data exchange and build trust between parties, and via different network access
technologies such as Non-Terrestrial Networks (NTNs), Non-Public Networks (NPNs), or approaches such as Open
Radio Access Network (O-RAN). The project focuses on developing energy-efficient, integrated network
infrastructures supporting convergence and interoperability of heterogeneous domains, including wireless networking,
55
IoT, and mobile and distributed computing. The project started in January 2025, and we are expected to receive from
the European Commission an amount of approximately $0.75 million total (for three-year period).
All the above-described programs do not bear royalty payment obligations to the IIA, but may be subject to
certain commercial arrangements among the participants thereof.
At the end of 2021, the publication of the LIBOR ceased, and alternative interests were applied throughout
the worldwide economy, including the SOFR interest. The interest applicable to grants received on or after January 1,
2024 is 12 months Term SOFR as published in the first trading day of each year by CME Group, or by any other party
authorized by the Federal Reserve, or in alternative publication by the Bank of Israel, with the addition of 0.71513%.
With respect to Siklu, between the years 2008-2020, Siklu received grants from the IIA in the total amount
of approximately $14.6 million (approximately $16.2 million, including interest) for 20 files under a royalty-bearing
program. So far, Siklu has reported to the IIA royalties in the amount of approximately $8.8 million and has paid to
the IIA royalties in the amount of approximately $6.3 million. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2024, Siklu's debt to
the IIA amounts to approximately $2.7 million. In 2023, Siklu agreed with the IIA to pay its past debt in monthly
payments over a 5-year period, with the first payment being approximately $0.1 million and the remaining payments
being $30,000 per month, after which the remaining debt shall be immediately repaid.
In addition, Siklu has also received from the European Commission (under the Horizon Europe program) a
total amount of $1.4 million for three non-royalty-bearing programs (called “5G-PHOS”, “THOR” and “5G-
COMPLETE”), which have ended, and an amount of $0.6 million for two non-royalty-bearing programs (called
“Int5Gent” and “PARALIA”), which are still active. An additional amount of approximately $0.3 million is expected
to be received from the European Commission for the programs “Int5Gent” and “PARALIA”.
C. Organizational Structure
We are an Israeli company that commenced operations in 1996. The following is a list of our significant
subsidiaries:
Company
Place of Incorporation
Ownership
Interest
Ceragon Networks, Inc.
New Jersey
100%
Ceragon Networks (India) Private Limited
India
100%
D. Property, Plants and Equipment
Our corporate headquarters and principal administrative, finance, R&D and operations departments are
located at Rosh Ha’Ain, Israel, at which we hold a leased facility of approximately 66,600 square feet of office space
and approximately 5,800 square feet of warehouse space.
We also lease approximately 22,089 square feet of office space and warehouse space in Plano, Texas, USA.
We also lease space for other local subsidiaries to conduct pre-sales and marketing activities, R&D activities
and other operations in their respective regions, as well as co-working spaces.
ITEM 4A. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 5.
OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements, the notes to those financial statements, and other financial data that appear elsewhere in this annual report.
In addition to historical information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements based on current
expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the timing of certain events may
differ significantly from those projected in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including
those set forth in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this annual report. Our consolidated financial statements are
prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP.
56
For a discussion of our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, including a year-to-year
comparison between 2022 and 2023, and a discussion of our liquidity and capital resources for the year ended
December 31, 2022, refer to Item 5. “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” in our Annual Report on Form
20-F for the year ended December 31, 2023, filed with the SEC on March 21, 2024.
A. Operating Results
Overview
We are the number one wireless transport specialist in terms of unit shipments and global distribution of our
business. We provide wireless transport solutions that enable cellular operators and other wireless service providers
to serve a broad range of use-cases, including mobile broadband, fixed broadband, Industrial and other IoT services.
Our solutions use microwave and millimeter wave technology to transfer large amounts of telecommunication traffic
between base stations and small/distributed cells and the core of the service provider’s network.
We also provide our solutions to other non-carrier private networks such as oil and gas companies, public
safety network operators, businesses and public institutions, broadcasters, energy utilities and others that operate their
own private communications networks. Our solutions are deployed by more than 600 service providers, as well as
more than 1,600 private network owners, in over approximately 130 countries.
Industry Trends
Market trends have placed, and will continue to place, pressure on our solutions, products and services. Our
objective is to continue meeting the demand for our solutions while at the same time increasing our profitability. We
seek to achieve this objective by constantly reviewing and improving our execution in, among others, development,
manufacturing and sales and marketing. Set forth below is a more detailed discussion of the trends affecting our
business:
•
The widespread surge in network traffic in 2020 to date emerging from the COVID-19 pandemic has
significantly affected the way business and individuals access information for work and leisure. National
lock-ins for large parts of the population and labor market trends brought many businesses to exercise
company-wide work-from-home activities with massive use of video conferencing and cloud network
communication. Entire families stay longer at home and extensively consume video streaming and online
gaming, along with video chats with friends and relatives. The result is an increase in home broadband
demand, while today’s home broadband networks are not designed for such usage patterns. Some countries,
even developed ones, lack broadband communication networks in rural areas. As a result, service providers
are required to increase network investment to match the network capabilities to the surge in broadband
demand. We anticipate that the increase in network traffic which service providers experienced amidst the
pandemic will remain and may even increase, as companies and employees adapt to broader use of
telecommuting, and families adopt higher use of video calls/chats as larger portions of the world population,
young and elderly alike, use highly visual remote communication tools and high-volume communication
transactions.
•
5G enables operators to enhance their services portfolio with more use cases such as enhanced mobile
broadband (eMBB) delivering gigabit broadband, as well as address new market segments such as IoT &
IIoT and mission critical applications with URLLC (Ultra Reliable Low Latency Communications) and
mMTC (Massive Machine Type Communications) services. Those services, combined with new network
architectures require higher capacity, lower latency networks and in particular higher transport capacity, far
denser macro cells and small/distributed cells grids and the implementation of network virtualization
technologies and architectures, namely network slicing using SDN. Our wireless transport solutions resolve
both higher capacity, lower latency and network densification requirements with advanced capabilities, based
on our multicore technology for microwave narrowband spectrum (up to 224Mhz) and the use of wider bands
in millimeter-wave spectrum, up to 2,000MHz. Network virtualization requirements are addressed with layer
3 capabilities and SDN support.
•
OPEN RAN transforms Radio Access Network (RAN) technology from design to operation of the network.
OPEN RAN creates the possibility of an open RAN environment, with interoperability between different
vendors over defined interfaces. In a legacy mobile network ecosystem, RAN is proprietary where a single
vendor provides proprietary radio hardware, software, and interface to enable the mobile network to function.
57
•
RAN ecosystem is evolving towards proving the competitive landscape of RAN supplier ecosystem and
network operators embracing the transformation. Opening up RAN horizontally brings in a new range of
low-cost radio players, and it gives mobile operators a choice to optimize deployment options for specific
performance requirements at a much better cost. This trend is expected to increase the size of Best-of-Breed
segment (on the account of the end-to-end market segment) that Ceragon is focusing on.
•
Software Defined Networking (SDN) is an emerging concept aimed at simplifying network operations and
allowing network engineers and administrators to quickly respond to a fast-changing business environment.
SDN delivers network architectures that transition networks from a world of task-specific dedicated network
devices, to a world of optimization of network performance through network intelligence incorporated within
network controllers performing control functions and network devices, which perform traffic (data-plane)
transport. Our wireless transport solutions are SDN-ready, built around a powerful software-defined engine
and can be incorporated within the SDN network architecture. Our SDN architecture is envisioned to provide
a set of applications that can achieve end-to-end wireless transport network optimization by intelligently
making use of the scarce network resources, such as spectrum and power consumption.
•
The emergence of distributed cells presents transport challenges that differ from those of traditional macro-
cells. Distributed cells are used to provide connectivity and capacity in hot spots and underserved spots, as
well as increase coordination between adjacent cells, leading to improved service level. They also
significantly reduce the cost of cell-site equipment. This new architecture is forecasted to be present in a high
percentage of advanced 5G network deployments. Our distributed-cells wireless transport portfolio includes
a variety of compact all-outdoor solutions that provide operators with optimal flexibility in meeting their
unique physical, capacity, networking, and regulatory requirements.
•
The introduction of a disaggregated model for hardware and software. This model allows better scalability,
simplicity and flexibility for network operators as it offers independent elements for hardware and software,
allowing the use of commercial off-the-shelf hardware, to accelerate delivery of new solutions and
innovations. Different domains in the network are being opened these days, such as the Radio Access
Network - OpenRAN, the Routing in the cell-sites – DCSG (Disaggregated Cell Site Router), and the
Disaggregated Wireless Transport.
•
The network sharing business model is growing in popularity among mobile network operators (MNOs) who
are faced with increasing competition from over-the-top players and an ever-growing capacity crunch.
Network sharing can be particularly effective in the transport portion of mobile networks, especially as
conventional macro cells evolve into super-sized macro sites that require exponentially more bandwidth for
wireless transport. It has become abundantly clear that in these new scenarios, a new breed of wireless
transport solutions with a significant investment is required. Our wireless transport solutions support network
sharing concepts by addressing both the ultra-high capacities required for carrying multiple operator traffic,
as well as the policing for ensuring that each operator’s service level agreement is maintained.
•
While green-field deployments tend to be all IP-based, the overwhelming portion of network infrastructure
investments goes into upgrading, or “modernizing” existing cell-sites to fit new services with a lower total
cost of ownership. Modernizing is more than a simple replacement of network equipment. It helps operators
build up a network with enhanced performance, capacity and service support. For example, Ceragon offers a
variety of innovative mediation devices that eliminate the need to replace costly antennas, which are already
deployed. In doing so, we help our customers to reduce the time and the costs associated with network
upgrades. The result: a smoother upgrade cycle, short network down-time during upgrades and faster time to
revenue.
•
A growing market for non-mobile transport applications which includes: offshore communications for the
oil and gas industry, as well as the shipping industry, which require a unique set of solutions for use on
moving rigs and vessels; broadcast networks that require robust, highly reliable communication for the
distribution of live video content either as a cost efficient alternative to fiber, or as a backup for fiber
installations; and Smart Grid networks for utilities, as well as local and national governments that seek greater
energy efficiency, reliability and scale.
•
A growing demand for high capacity, IP-based long-haul solutions in emerging markets where telecom and
broadband infrastructure, such as fiber, is lacking. This demand is driven by the need of service providers to
connect more communities in order to bridge the digital divide, using 4G and even 5G services.
58
•
Subscriber growth continues mainly in emerging markets such as India, Africa and Latin America, but is
getting close to saturation.
We are also experiencing pressure on our sale prices as a result of several factors:
•
Increased competition. Our target market is characterized by vigorous, worldwide competition for market
share and rapid technological development. These factors have resulted in aggressive pricing practices and
downward pricing pressures and growing competition.
•
Regional pricing pressures. A significant portion of our sales derives from India, in response to the rapid
build-out of cellular networks in that country. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, 42.5% and
30.9%, respectively, of our revenues were earned in India. Sales of our products in these markets are generally
at lower gross margins in comparison to other regions.
As we continue to focus on operational improvements, these price pressures may have a negative impact on our gross
margins.
As part of our business, we are engaged in supplying installation and other services for our customers, often
in emerging markets. In this context, we may act as the prime contractor and equipment supplier for network build-
out projects, providing installation, supervision and commissioning services required for these projects, or we may
provide such services and equipment for projects handled by system integrators. In such cases, we typically bear the
risks of loss and damage to our products until the customer has issued an acceptance certificate upon successful
completion of acceptance tests. If our products are damaged or stolen, or if the network we install does not pass the
acceptance tests, the end user or the system integrator, as the case may be, could delay payment to us and we would
incur substantial costs, including fees owed to our installation subcontractors, increased insurance premiums,
transportation costs and expenses related to repairing or manufacturing the products. Moreover, in such a case, we
may not be able to repossess the equipment, thus suffering additional losses. Also, these projects are rollout projects,
which involve fixed-price contracts. We assume greater financial risks on fixed-price projects, which routinely involve
the provision of installation and other services, versus short-term projects, which do not similarly require us to provide
services or require customer acceptance certificates in order for us to recognize revenue. In addition, as most of our
deliveries occur before we are able to collect the consideration for such projects, it poses further financial and customer
credit risk, as well as collection and liquidity risks of such customers.
In 2022, revenues slightly increased. The increase was mainly in North America, as part of our increased
focus on this region and to a lesser extent in Asia-Pacific offset by decreases in all other regions, mainly in India. 2022
growth was adversely affected by supply chain challenges and component shortages which affected our ability to
fulfill strong bookings.
In 2023, revenues increased mainly in North America and India, as part of our continued focus on these
regions. This growth is primarily attributed to the increased demand both for our IP-20 and software solutions by our
customers in these regions.
In 2024, revenues increased significantly mainly in India, as a result of new contracts with both existing and
new customers. The increased demand for our IP-50CX products is the main contributor to the growth in 2024.
In 2024, the majority of suppliers returned to normal lead times and standard supply chain status, although
some critical suppliers continued to suffer from long lead time of component deliveries and supply chain constraints.
Results of Operations
Revenues. We generate revenues primarily from the sale of our products, and, to a lesser extent, services. The
final price to the customer may largely vary based on various factors, including but not limited to the size of a given
transaction, the geographic location of the customer, the specific application for which products are sold, the channel
through which products are sold, the competitive environment and the results of negotiation.
Cost of Revenues. Our cost of revenues consists primarily of the prices we pay contract manufacturers for the
products they manufacture for us, the costs of off the shelf parts, accessories and antennas, the costs of our
manufacturing and operations facilities, estimated and actual warranty costs, costs related to management of our
manufacturers’ activity and procurement of our proprietary and other product parts, supply chain and shipping, as well
as inventory write-off costs and amortization of intangible assets. In addition, we pay salaries and related costs to our
employees and fees to subcontractors relating to installation, maintenance, and other professional services.
59
Significant Expenses
Research and Development Expenses, net. Our research and development expenses, net of government
grants, consist primarily of salaries and related costs for research and development personnel, subcontractors’ costs,
costs of materials, costs of R&D facilities and depreciation of equipment. All of our research and development costs
are expensed as incurred, except for development expenses, which are capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20
and ASC 350-40. We believe that continued investment in research and development is essential to attaining our
strategic objectives.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Our sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of compensation and
related costs for sales and marketing personnel, trade show and exhibit expenses, travel expenses, commissions and
promotional materials.
General and Administrative Expenses. Our general and administrative expenses consist primarily of
compensation and related costs for executive, finance, information system and human resources personnel,
professional fees (including legal and accounting fees), insurance, provisions for credit loss (doubtful debts) and other
general corporate expenses.
Restructuring and related charges. Restructuring expenses consist primarily of costs associated with
reduction in workforce, establishment of new research and development centers in additional countries, consolidation
of excess facilities, termination of contracts and the restructuring of certain business functions. Restructuring and
related expenses are reported separately in the consolidated statements of operations.
Acquisition and integration-related charges. Acquisition-related expenses include those expenses related to
acquisitions that would otherwise not have been incurred by the Company, including professional and services fees,
such as legal, audit, consulting, paying agent and other fees. Acquisition-related costs are not included as components
of consideration transferred but are accounted for as expenses in the period in which the costs are incurred.
Integration-related expenses represent incremental costs related to combining the Company and its business
acquisitions, such as third-party consulting and other third-party services related to merging the previously separate
companies' systems and processes.
Financial and other expenses, net. Our financial and other expenses, net, consist primarily of gains and losses
arising from the re-measurement of transactions and balances denominated in non-dollar currencies into dollars, gains
and losses from our currency hedging activity, interest paid on bank loans and factoring activities, other fees and
commissions paid to banks, actuarial losses and other expenses.
Taxes. Our taxes on income consist of current corporate tax expenses in various locations and changes in tax
deferred assets and liabilities, as well as reserves for uncertain tax positions.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in the U.S (“U.S. GAAP”). These accounting principles require management to make certain estimates,
judgments and assumptions based upon information available at the time they are made, historical experience and
various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates, judgments and
assumptions can affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements, as well
as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented.
Our management believes the accounting policies that affect its more significant judgments and estimates
used in the preparation of its consolidated financial statements and which are the most critical to aid in fully
understanding and evaluating our reported financial results include the following:
•
Revenue recognition;
•
Inventory valuation;
•
Provision for credit loss (doubtful debts); and
•
Business combination.
Revenue recognition We generate revenues from selling products and services to end users, distributors,
system integrators and original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”). The Company recognizes revenue when (or as) it
satisfies performance obligations by transferring promised products or services to its customers in an amount that
60
reflects the consideration the Company expects to receive. The Company applies the following five steps: (1) identify
the contract with a customer, (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract, (3) determine the transaction
price, (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract, and (5) recognize revenue when
a performance obligation is satisfied.
The Company considers customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales
agreements, to be the contracts with a customer. For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer
tangible products, software products and licenses, network roll-out, professional services and customer support, each
of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations. In determining the transaction price, the Company
evaluates whether the price is subject to any variable consideration, to determine the net consideration which the
Company expects to receive. As the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year, the contracts have no
significant financing component. The Company allocates the transaction price to each distinct performance obligation,
based on their relative standalone selling price. Revenue from tangible products is recognized when control of the
product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied).
The revenues from customer support and extended warranty are recognized ratably over the contract period
and the costs associated with these contracts are recognized as incurred. Revenues from network roll-out and
professional services are recognized when the Company's performance obligation is satisfied, usually upon customer
acceptance.
The Company accounts for rebates and stock rotations provided to customers as variable consideration, based
on historical analysis of credit memo data, rebate plans and stock rotation arrangements, as a deduction from revenue
in the period in which the revenue is recognized.
Inventory valuation. Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost or realizable net value. Cost is determined
by using the moving average cost method. At each balance sheet date, we evaluate our inventory balance for excess
quantities and obsolescence. This evaluation includes an analysis of slow-moving items and sales levels by product
and projections of future demand. If needed, we write off inventories that are considered obsolete or excessive. If
future demand or market conditions are less favorable than our projections, additional inventory write-offs may be
required and would be reflected in cost of revenues in the period the revision is made.
Provision for credit loss. We are exposed to credit losses primarily through sales to customers. Our provision
for credit loss methodology is developed using historical collection experience, current and future economic and
market conditions and a review of the current balances status. The estimate of the amount of trade receivable that may
not be collected is based on the geographic location of the trade receivable balances, aging of the trade receivable
balances, the financial condition of customers and the Company’s historical experience with customers in similar
geographies. Additionally, a specific provision is recorded for customers that have a higher probability of default.
Business Combination. We apply the provisions of ASC 805, “Business Combination,” and we allocate the
fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and intangible assets acquired
based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the fair value of purchase consideration over the fair values of these
identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When determining the fair values of assets acquired and
liabilities assumed, management makes significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible
assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash
flows from customer relationships, acquired technology and acquired trademarks from a market participant
perspective, useful lives and discount rates. Management’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed
to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from
estimates. Acquisition-related expenses are recognized separately from the business combination and are expensed as
incurred.
Impact of recently adopted accounting standards
The Company has reviewed recent accounting pronouncements and concluded that they are either not applicable to
its business or that no material effect is expected on the consolidated financial statements as a result of their future
adoption.
Comparison of Period to Period Results of Operations
The following table presents a consolidated statement of operations data for the periods indicated as a
percentage of total revenues.
61
Year Ended December 31
2024
2023
Revenues
100 %
100%
Cost of revenues
65.3
65.5
Gross profit
34.7
34.5
Operating expenses:
Research and development, net
8.9
9.3
Sales and marketing
11.3
11.7
General and administrative
3.6
6.9
Restructuring and related charges
0.4
0.3
Acquisition and integration-related charges
0.4
0.3
Other operating expenses
0.3
-
Total operating expenses
24.9
28.5
Operating income
9.8
6.1
Financial expenses and others, net
2.9
2.4
Taxes on income
0.8
1.9
Net Income
6.1 %
1.8%
Year ended December 31, 2024 compared to year ended December 31, 2023
Revenues. Revenues totaled $394.2 million in 2024 as compared to $347.2 million in 2023, an increase of
$47.0 million, or 13.5%. Revenues in India increased to $167.6 million in 2024, from $107.4 million in 2023.
Revenues in EMEA increased to $65.0 million in 2024, from $62.0 million in 2023. Revenues in Latin America
decreased to $37.2 million in 2024, from $47.2 million in 2023. Revenues in North America decreased to $89.9 million
in 2024, from $95.6 million in 2023. Revenues in APAC decreased to $34.5 million in 2024, from $35.0 million in
2023. In addition, the acquisition of Siklu at the end of 2023 contributed to our revenue growth in 2024.
Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenue totaled $257.3 million in 2024 as compared to $227.3 million in 2023, an
increase of $30.0 million, or 13.2%. The increase was primarily due to an increase of $33.2 million related to material
costs, mainly resulted from the higher volume of revenues, an increase of $2.9 million related to shipping and storage
costs, and an increase of $0.5 million in salaries and employee-related expenses, offset by a decrease of $3.8 million
related to inventory write-off, a decrease of $2.4 million in service costs, and a decrease of $0.4 million in other
production costs.
Gross Profit. Gross profit increased to $136.9 million or 34.7% as a percentage of revenues in 2024 from
$119.9 million or 34.5% in 2023. This improvement in gross profits is mainly attributable to the substantial increase
in revenues, while maintaining same or higher margins in most regions, keeping general operational costs under tight
control, improved supply chain costs, alongside lower inventory write-offs.
Research and Development Expenses, Net. Our net research and development expenses totaled $35.0 million
in 2024 as compared to $32.3 million in 2023, resulting in an increase of $2.7 million, or 8.3%. The increase was
primarily due to an increase of $3.3 million in salaries and related expenses (which were impacted from additional
costs associated with the acquisition of Siklu at the end of 2023), an increase of $1.5 million in subcontractors cost,
offset by a decrease of $1.2 million related to a one-time loss from termination of joint development recorded in 2023,
and a decrease of $0.9 million related to higher grants from the IIA.
62
Our research and development efforts are a key element of our strategy and are essential to our success. We
intend to maintain or slightly increase our commitment to research and development, and an increase or a decrease in
our total revenue would not necessarily result in a proportional increase or decrease in the levels of our research and
development expenditures. As a percentage of revenues, research and development expenses represent 8.9% and 9.3%
in 2024 and 2023.
Sales and Marketing Expenses. Sales and marketing expenses totaled $44.7 million in 2024, as compared to
$40.6 million in 2023, an increase of $4.1 million, or 10.2%. The increase was primarily attributed to an increase of
$2.5 million in salaries and related expenses, an increase of $0.9 million in trade shows, an increase of $0.6 million in
acquired-intangible amortization, an increase of $0.3 million in travel costs, and an increase of $0.3 million in other
sales and marketing expenses (all of which were impacted from additional costs associated with the acquisition of
Siklu at the end of 2023), offset by a decrease of $0.4 million related to sales commission. As a percentage of revenues,
sales and marketing expenses were 11.3% in 2024 compared to 11.7% in 2023.
Our selling and marketing expenses worldwide are paid in local currencies and are reported in U.S. dollars.
Therefore, changes to the exchange rates between the local currencies and the U.S. dollar have affected, and may in
the future affect, our expense level.
General and Administrative Expenses. General and administrative expenses totaled $14.2 million in 2024 as
compared to $23.8 million in 2023, a decrease of $9.6 million, or 40.2%. The decrease was primarily due to a $10.6
million improvement in credit loss expenses, substantially impacted by recovery of $9.1 million from a single
customer in Latin America, offset by an increase of $0.5 million in share-based compensation costs, an increase of
$0.3 million in salaries and related expenses, and an increase of $0.2 million in other general and administrative
expenses. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses were 3.6% in 2024 compared to 6.9% in
2023.
Restructuring and related charges. Restructuring and related charges totaled $1.4 million in 2024, as
compared to $0.9 million in 2023. The increase was primarily attributed to contractual and termination severance pay
and other related costs for the impacted employees.
Acquisition and integration-related charges. Acquisition and integration-related charges totaled $1.7 million in 2024,
as compared to $1.1 million in 2023. The increase was primarily attributed to the acquisition and integration expenses
associated with the acquisition of Siklu and E2E, which would otherwise not have been incurred by the Company,
including professional and services fees, such as legal, audit, consulting, paying agent and other fees as well as
incremental costs related to combining the Company and the acquired companies, such as third-party consulting and
other third-party services related to merging the acquired companies’ systems and processes.
Other operating expenses. Other operating expenses totaled $1.2 million in 2024, as compared to $0.0 million
in 2023, related to the provision for the settlement of a class action claim (see Note 1C of our audited consolidated
financial statements).
Financial and other expenses, Net. Financial and other expenses, net totaled $11.5 million in 2024 as
compared to $8.5 million in 2023, an increase of $3.0 million, or 35.5%. The increase was mainly attributed to an
increase of $2.9 million in exchange rate differences, and an increase of $1.6 million related to mark-to-market
revaluation of acquisition-related holdback liability, offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in interest on loans and a
decrease of $0.3 million in other financial expenses. As a percentage of revenues, financial and other expenses, net,
were 2.9% in 2024 compared to 2.4% in 2023.
Taxes on income. Tax expenses were $3.2 million in 2024, compared to $6.5 million in 2023, resulting in a
decrease of $3.3 million. The decrease was mainly attributable to a decrease of $2.4 million in deferred taxes, a
decrease of $0.5 million in current taxes, and a decrease of $0.4 million in uncertain tax positions.
Net Income. In 2024, the Company had $24.1 million in net income as compared to net income of $6.2 million
in 2023. As a percentage of revenues, net income was 6.1% in 2024 compared to a net income of 1.8% in 2023.
Impact of Currency Fluctuations
The majority of our revenues are denominated in U.S. dollars, and to a lesser extent, in INR (Indian Rupee),
Euro, and in other currencies. Our cost of revenues is primarily denominated in U.S. dollars as well, while a major
part of our operating expenses is in New Israeli Shekel (NIS), and to a lesser extent, in Indian INR (Indian Rupee),
Euro, NOK (Norwegian Kroner), BRL (Brazilian Real) and other currencies. We anticipate that a material portion of
63
our operating expenses will continue to be in NIS.
Fluctuation in the exchange rates between any of these currencies (other than U.S. dollars) and the U.S. dollar
could significantly impact our results of operations as well as the comparability of these results in different periods.
Even in cases where our revenues or our expenses in a certain currency are relatively modest, high volatility of the
exchange rates with the U.S. dollar can still have a significant impact on our results of operations. For example, in
recent years we have suffered a significant adverse impact on our financial results due to fluctuation in the exchange
rates of the U.S. dollar compared to the NGN (Nigerian Naira) and the ARS (Argentine Peso). We partially reduce
currency exposure to NIS by entering into hedging transactions and may do so for other currencies in the future. The
effects of foreign currency re-measurements are reported in our consolidated statements of operations. For a discussion
of our hedging transactions, please see Item 11.”QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT
MARKET RISK”.
The influence on the U.S. dollar cost of our operations in Israel relates primarily to the cost of salaries in
Israel, which are paid in NIS and constitute a substantial portion of our expenses in NIS. In 2024, the U.S. dollar
appreciated in relation to the NIS at a rate of 0.6%, from NIS 3.627 per $1 on December 31, 2023, to NIS 3.647 per
$1 on December 31, 2024. In 2023, the U.S. dollar appreciated in relation to the NIS at a rate of 3.1%, from NIS 3.519
per $1 on December 31, 2022, to NIS 3.627 per $1 on December 31, 2023.
The annual rate of inflation in Israel was 3.2% in 2024 and 3.0% in 2023.
Transactions and balances in currencies other than U.S. dollars are re-measured into U.S. dollars according
to the principles in ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters.” Gains and losses arising from re-measurement are
recorded as financial income or expense, as applicable.
Effects of Government Regulations and Location on the Company’s Business
For a discussion of the effects of governmental regulation and our location in Israel on our business, see Item
3. “KEY INFORMATION” – Risk Factors – “Risks Relating to Operations in Israel”.
Additionally, due to the nature of our global presence and operations, we are subject to the law and
jurisdiction in the countries where our branches or subsidiaries are located or in which we conduct our operations. For
a discussion of the effects of governmental regulation and our global spread and operation of our business, see Item
3. “KEY INFORMATION” – Risk Factors – “We are subject to complex and evolving regulatory requirements that
may be difficult and expensive to comply with and that could adversely impact our business, results of operations and
financial condition”, “As part of our business are located throughout Europe, we are exposed to the negative impact
of invasion of Ukraine by Russia on the European markets in which we operate and on our operations”, “Our
international operations expose us to the risk of fluctuations in currency exchange rates and restrictions related to
foreign currency exchange controls” and “Due to the volume of our sales in emerging markets, we are susceptible to
a number of political, economic and regulatory risks that could have a material adverse effect on our business,
reputation, financial condition and results of operations”.
B.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Since our initial public offering in August 2000, we have financed our operations primarily through the
proceeds of that initial public offering, follow-on offerings, cash provided by operating activities, and various loans
and facilities from banks, including factoring and grants from the IIA.
The Company entered into the revolving Credit Facility, dated as of March 14, 2013 by and among the
Company and Bank Hapoalim B.M., HSBC Bank Plc, Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd. and First International Bank of
Israel Ltd. (the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility has been renewed and amended several times during the past
years according to the Company’s needs and financial position.
In December 2023, in connection with the acquisition of Siklu, the Company signed an amendment to the
Credit Facility in which it obtained the approval of the syndication of banks to carry out Siklu's acquisition and added
additional bank, Bank Mizrahi Tefahot Ltd., to the syndication agreement.
In June 2024, the Company signed an amendment to the Credit Facility pursuant to which the term of the
Credit Facility was extended by an additional 2 years to June 30, 2026. This amendment also included a decrease of
$5 million to the bank guarantees credit lines to $40.8 million and an increase of $9.8 million to $77 million to the
Credit Facility for Loans.
64
As of December 31, 2024, the Company has utilized $25.2 million of the $77 million available under the
Credit Facility for short-term loans. During 2024, the credit lines carried interest rates in the range of 6.12% and
7.95%.
As of December 31, 2024, the total credit facilities for bank guarantees and for loans is $117.8 million.
The Credit Facility is secured by a floating charge over all Company assets as well as several customary
fixed charges on specific assets.
Repayment could be accelerated by the financial institutions in certain events of default including in
insolvency events, failure to comply with financial covenants or an event in which a current or future shareholder
acquires control (as defined under the Israel Securities Law) of the Company.
The Credit Facility contains financial and other covenants requiring that the Company maintains, among
other things, minimum shareholders' equity value and financial assets, a certain ratio between its shareholders'
equity (excluding total intangible assets and goodwill) and the total value of its assets (excluding total intangible
assets and goodwill) on its balance sheet, a certain ratio between its net financial debt to each of its working capital
and accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company met all of its covenants.
As of December 31, 2024, we had approximately $35.3 million in cash and cash equivalents.
In 2024, our $26.2 million in cash provided by operating activities was affected by the following principal
factors:
•
Net income of $24.1 million;
• $26.9 million increase in trade and other accounts payable and accrued expenses, net;
•
$12.1 million of depreciation and amortization expenses;
• $7.6 million decrease in inventories;
•
$4.6 million decrease in operating lease right-of-use assets;
•
$4.3 million share-based compensation expenses; and
•
$0.3 million of loss from sale of property and equipment, net
These factors were offset mainly by:
•
$44.9 increase in trade and other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses, net;
•
$4.2 million decrease in operating lease liability;
•
$3.6 million decrease in deferred revenues; and
•
$1.0 million decrease in accrued severance pay and pensions, net
In 2023, our $30.9 million in cash provided by operating activities was affected by the following principal
factors:
•
Net income of $6.2 million;
• $14.6 million decrease in trade and other accounts receivable and prepaid expenses, net;
•
$10.0 million of depreciation and amortization expenses;
• $6.3 million decrease in inventories; and
•
$4.0 million share-based compensation expenses; and
•
$3.8 million decrease in operating lease right-of-use assets.
These factors were offset mainly by:
•
$9.6 million decrease in deferred revenues;
•
$4.0 million decrease in operating lease liability;
• $0.2 million decrease in trade and other accounts payable and accrued expenses, net; and
65
•
$0.2 million decrease in accrued severance pay and pensions, net
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $16.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, as
compared to net cash used in investing activities of approximately $20.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2023. In the year ended December 31, 2024, our investing activities were comprised of $14.6 million paid for
purchases of property and equipment and $1.9 million of software development costs capitalized. In the year ended
December 31, 2023, our investing activities were comprised of $8.0 million of cash paid as cash consideration for the
acquisition of Siklu, $10.0 million paid for purchases of property and equipment and $2.9 million of software
development costs capitalized.
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024,
as compared to approximately $4.9 million net cash used in financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2023.
In the year ended December 31, 2024, our net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to repayments of
bank credits and loans of $7.4 million offset by proceeds from exercise of stock options of $5.9 million. In the year
ended December 31, 2023, our net cash used in financing activities was primarily due to repayments of bank credits
and loans of $4.9 million.
Our material cash requirements as of December 31, 2024, and any subsequent interim period, primarily
include our capital expenditures, lease obligations and purchase obligations.
Our capital expenditure primarily consists of purchases of manufacturing and test equipment, computers and
peripheral equipment, office furniture and equipment. Our capital expenditures were $14.6 million in 2024, $10.0
million in 2023 and $10.5 million in 2022. We will continue to make capital expenditures to meet the expected growth
of our business.
During the normal course of business, we enter into certain lease contracts with lease terms through 2034.
As of December 31, 2024, the total remaining contractual obligations are approximately $18.3 million, of which $3.3
million is for the next 12 months. Our lease obligations consist of the commitments under the lease agreements for
offices and warehouses for our facilities worldwide, as well as car leases. Our facilities are leased under several lease
agreements with various expiration dates. Our leasing expenses were $4.6 million in 2024, $4.0 million in 2023, and
$4.5 million in 2022.
Our purchase obligations consist primarily of commitments for our operating activities and working capital
needs. Our operating expenses were $98.1 million in 2024, $98.7 million in 2023 and $104.0 million in 2022. As of
December 31, 2024, the Company had outstanding inventory purchase orders with its suppliers in the amount of $45.2
million.
Our capital requirements are dependent on many factors, including working capital requirements to finance
the business activity of the Company, and the allocation of resources to research and development, marketing and
sales activities. We plan on continuing to raise capital as we may require, subject to changes in our business activities.
We believe that the current working capital, cash and cash equivalent balances together with the Credit
Facility available with the five financial institutions, will be sufficient for our expected requirements through at least
the next 12 months.
C.
Research and Development, Patents and Licenses, Etc.
We place considerable emphasis on research and development to improve and expand the capabilities of our
existing products, to develop new products (with particular emphasis on equipment for emerging IP-based networks)
and to lower the cost of producing both existing and future products. We intend to continue to devote a significant
portion of our personnel and financial resources to research and development. As part of our product development
process, we maintain close relationships with our customers to identify market needs and to define appropriate product
specifications. In addition, we intend to continue to comply with industry standards and, in order to participate in the
formulation of European standards, we are full members of the European Telecommunications Standards Institute.
Our research and development activities are conducted mainly at our facilities in Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, and
also at our subsidiaries in Greece and Romania. As of December 31, 2024, our research, development and engineering
staff consisted of 260 employees globally. Our research and development team includes highly specialized engineers
and technicians with expertise in the fields of millimeter-wave design, modem and signal processing, data
communications, system management and networking solutions.
The IIA sometimes participate in our R&D funding for our Israel-based company. For more information
66
regarding the restrictions imposed by the R&D Law and regarding grants received by us from the IIA, please see Item
4. “INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY- B. Business Overview - The Israel Innovation Authority.”
Our research and development department provides us with the ability to design and develop most of the
aspects of our proprietary solutions, from the chip-level, including both ASICs and RFICs, to full system integration.
Our research and development projects currently in process include extensions to our leading IP-based networking
product lines and development of new technologies to support future product concepts. In addition, our engineers
continually work to redesign our products with the goal of improving their manufacturability and testability while
reducing costs.
Intellectual Property
For a description of our intellectual property see Item 4. “INFORMATION ON THE COMPANY – B.
Business Overview - Intellectual Property”.
D.
Trend Information
For a description of the trend information relevant to us see discussions in Parts A and B of Item 5.
“OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS”.
E.
Critical Accounting Estimates
See Item 5 “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” above.
Effect of Recent Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, Significant Accounting Policies, in Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of
Part II of this Report, for a full description of recent accounting pronouncements, including the expected dates of
adoption and estimated effects on financial condition and results of operations, which is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 6.
DIRECTORS, SENIOR MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES
A. Directors and Senior Management
The following table lists the name, age and position of each of our current directors and executive officers:
Name
Age
Position
Ilan Rosen(1)
.........................................................
67
Chairman of the Board of Directors
Shlomo Liran (1)
.........................................................
73
Director
Efrat Makov (1)
.........................................................
57
Director
Rami Hadar (1)
.........................................................
61
Director
David (Dudi) Ripstein (1)
58
Director
……………………………………..
Robert Wadsworth(1,2)
.........................................................
64
Director
Yael Shaham (1)
……………………………………..
56
Director
Doron Arazi
61
Chief Executive Officer
67
.........................................................
Ronen Stein
.........................................................
57
Chief Financial Officer
Oz Zimerman
.........................................................
61
Chief Marketing Officer & EVP Corporate Development
Hadar Vismunski Weinberg
.........................................................
51
Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary
Michal Goldstein
.........................................................
54
Chief People Officer
Ulik Broida
.........................................................
58
Chief Product Officer
Dima Friedman
.........................................................
56
Chief Operating Officer
Ronen Ben-Hamou
.........................................................
53
Chief Growth Officer
Ram Prakash Tripathi
.........................................................
58
Regional President, APAC
Mario Querner
.........................................................
63
Regional President, EMEA
Ronen Rotstein
.........................................................
48
Regional President, North America
Carlos Alvarez
.........................................................
49
Regional President, Latin America
(1) Independent Director.
(2) Commenced service on May 23, 2024.
Set forth below is a biographical summary of each of the above-named directors and members of senior
management.
Ilan Rosen has served as our director since July 2021 and as the Chairman of our Board of Directors since
July 23, 2023. Mr. Rosen currently serves as Managing Director in HarbourVest Partners LLC, a global private equity
firm with more than 700 employees, that manages about $75B worth of investments in various private equity strategies
around the globe. Mr. Rosen additionally serves as a board member of the “Nazareth District Water and Sewage
municipal authority LTD” since 2019. From 1997-2012 Mr. Rosen served as Chairman of the Board of Tdsoft LTD
which later merged into VocalTec. In the years 1996-2003 Mr. Rosen served as VP of Investments at Teledata
Communications, where he was an active Chairman of various Teledata Subsidiaries. From 1993-1996 he served as
the CEO of Adsha Development Ltd. From 1989-1993 Mr. Rosen worked as a Senior Investment Manager at the Bank
Hapoalim Investment Company. In the years 1985-1989 he worked as an economic consultant at A. Twerski Economic
Consulting. Mr. Rosen holds a B.Sc. (cum laude) in Mechanical Engineering from Tel Aviv University in 1979 and
an MBA from Tel Aviv University in 1986.
Shlomo Liran has served as our director since August 2015, after gaining experience in senior management
positions, including in the telecommunication industry. Mr. Liran is also a director at Maytronics Ltd. and Globrands
Ltd. In October 2016 Mr. Liran was appointed as the CEO of Spuntech Industries Ltd. From July 2014 until January
2015, Mr. Liran served as the Chief Executive Officer of Hadera Paper Ltd. From 2010 to 2013, Mr. Liran served as
the Chief Executive Officer of Avgol Nonwovens Ltd. During the years 2008 and 2009 Mr. Liran served as the Chief
Executive Officer of Ericsson Israel Ltd., and from 2004 to 2007 he served as Chief Executive Officer of TRE
(Scandinavian cellular network) in Sweden and in Denmark. From 2000 to 2003, he served as Chief Executive Officer
of YES Satellite Multi-Channel TV. Prior to that, Mr. Liran spent thirteen years in Strauss as CEO (1995-2000),
General Manager of the Dairy Division (1991-1995) and VP Operations (1987-1991). Mr. Liran holds a B.Sc. in
Industrial Engineering from the Technion, an M. Eng. System Analysis from University of Toronto, Canada and an
68
AMP-ISMP advanced management program from the Harvard Business School.
Efrat Makov has served as our director since October 2022. Ms. Makov is currently serving as a director of
Allot Ltd. and B Communications Ltd. Ms. Makov previously served as a director of BioLight Life Sciences Ltd.,
Kamada Ltd., Anchiano Therapeutics Ltd. and iSPAC 1 Ltd. Previously, Ms. Makov served as the CFO of Alvarion,
and as the CFO of Aladdin Knowledge Systems. Formerly, Ms. Makov served as Vice President of Finance at Check
Point Software Technologies. Earlier in her career, Ms. Makov spent seven years in public accounting with Arthur
Andersen LLP in its New York, London and Tel Aviv offices. Ms. Makov holds a B.A. degree in accounting and
economics from Tel Aviv University and is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel and the United States.
Rami Hadar has served as our director since July 2021. Mr. Hadar serves as a Managing Partner in Claridge
Israel, as well as serves on the board of its portfolio companies: AlgoSec, Gigaspaces, Cloudify, Shopic and D-Fend.
In the years 2006 to 2014, Mr. Hadar served as CEO and board member of Allot Communications. Early in his career
Mr. Hadar co-founded and served as the CEO of CTP Systems (micro cellular networks) until its acquisition by DSP
Communications. Mr. Hadar continued with DSPC’s executive management team for two years, and subsequently the
company was acquired by Intel. Thereafter, Mr. Hadar co-founded Ensemble Communications, a pioneer in the
broadband wireless space and the WiMax standard, where he served as Executive Vice President, Sales and Marketing.
Following that, Mr. Hadar served as CEO of Native Networks where he was instrumental in orchestrating the
company’s ultimate acquisition by Alcatel. Hadar holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion
David Ripstein has served as our director since July 2021. Mr. Ripstein has three decades of experience in
senior management positions in Israel’s telecommunications industry and Israel Defense Force technology and
intelligence units. From June 2022 to January 2023 Mr. Ripstein served as the Chief Executive Officer of SatixFy Ltd.
From 2017 to 2022, Mr. Ripstein served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of GreenRoad Technologies
Ltd., a global leader in fleet safety telematics. In 2016 Mr. Ripstein served the CEO of Spotoption Technologies a
fintech software provider. From 2000-2015, Mr. Ripstein served in various positions in RADCOM, a Nasdaq-traded
(RDCM) provider of service assurance solutions, first for six years as a General Manger and then for nine years as its
President & Chief Executive Officer. Prior to Radcom, Mr. Ripstein co-founded two technology startups and served
for 10 years as the head of a large R&D engineering group within the Israel Defense Forces-Intelligence Unit. Mr.
Ripstein holds a B.Sc. in Electrical Engineering from the Technion.
Robert Wadsworth has served as our director since May 2024. He is a founding partner of HarbourVest
Partners, the successor entity of Hancock Venture Partners, where he served as a senior partner overseeing global
direct investment activity and a member of the firm's Executive Management Committee. Mr. Wadsworth’s prior
experience also includes management consulting with Booz, Allen & Hamilton, where he specialized in the areas of
operations strategy and manufacturing productivity. Mr. Wadsworth serves as a founding partner of both W3 Capital,
LLC, a family investment firm and as a founding partner of New Harbour Partners, a small enterprise private equity
firm. He currently serves on the Board of Directors of AGL Credit Management, Whisker Labs Inc., Spiro
Technologies, and Direct Commerce, and on HarbourVest supervisory committee. He holds a BS (magna cum laude)
in Systems Engineering and Computer Science from the University of Virginia in 1982 and an MBA (with distinction)
from Harvard Business School in 1986.
Yael Shaham has served as a director since September 2023. Ms. Yael Shaham has more than 25 years of
experience in management and strategic leadership roles, and brings a wealth of knowledge from across the technology
and business landscape. Ms. Shaham currently serves as a member of the Board of Clalit Health Services, where she
contributes her rich experience and knowledge in digital transformation and future IT technologies. Ms. Shaham is
also a member of the board of Advisors at Veego, where her product experience plays a critical role in the development
of Product Strategy and Go-to-Market initiatives. In addition, Ms. Shaham serves as a Board Member at Glassbox
(TASE:GLBX), where her responsibilities include the role of Chairwoman of Remuneration and Audit committees,
along with membership in the Financial Statements committee, helping to shape the company's governance and overall
performance. In her previous role as General Manager of the Enterprise & Learning Division at Kaltura
(NASDAQ:KLTR), she led multiple go-to-market teams to increase ARR while playing a key role in successfully
guiding the company's IPO process. At Amdocs (NASDAQ:DOX), Ms. Shaham served as the General Manager of
the Network Division, IT & Operations Division, and Revenue Management Division. Her strategic vision and
expertise contributed to revenue growth, successful M&A integrations, and a quantitative increase in the company's
perceived brand value. Ms. Shaham is also a member of the Israel Board of Directors Team of the Government
Companies Authority. She holds an MA in Organizational Sociology (cum laude) and BA in Computer Science and
Sociology (summa cum laude), both from Bar Ilan University and served as a Major in the Israeli Air Force.
69
Doron Arazi has served as our Chief Executive Officer since July 2021. He rejoined Ceragon after taking a
year and a half break where he served as CFO of privately held software companies in the Cyber and Telecom spaces.
Mr. Arazi originally joined the company in 2014 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, and in 2016
was appointed Deputy CEO, while continuing to carry the role of Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining Ceragon,
Mr. Arazi managed the business relationship with a U.S. Tier 1 mobile operator in Amdocs and was responsible for
hundreds of employees. Prior to Amdocs, Mr. Arazi looked after the financial and growth activities of other high-tech
companies in the telecommunications sector, including serving as CFO of Allot Communications and VP of Finance
at Verint. Mr. Arazi is a CPA and holds a B.A. degree in Economics and Accounting as well as an MBA degree
focusing on Finance and Insurance, both from Tel Aviv University.
Ronen Stein has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2022. Mr. Stein brings more than
twenty years of experience as chief financial officer and leadership roles in both private and U.S. listed public
companies. From 2021 to 2022 Mr. Stein served as the CFO of Siklu, an Israel based company in the
telecommunications sector. Prior to that, Mr. Stein served as the CFO of 10bis from 2017 to 2021, Enercon
technologies Ltd. from January 2015 to December 2015, Knock N’Lock from 2008 to 2014 and Pointer Telocation
(NASDAQ:PNTR), from 2002 to 2007. Mr. Stein is a Certified Public Accountant in Israel and holds an M.B.A, as
well as a B.A. degree in economics and accounting, both from Tel Aviv University.
Oz Zimerman joined Ceragon in March 2013 and currently serves as our Chief Marketing Officer & EVP
Corporate Development. Oz brings with him over 25 years of global executive business experience in marketing,
business development and strategy. From 2008 to 2012, Mr. Zimerman was Corporate Vice President Marketing and
Business Development at DSP Group, where he penetrated world leading consumer electronic customers, acquired
new technology which became the main growth engine of the company, established the DECT ULE Alliance and
managed relations with top executive decision makers at world leading service providers. Prior to joining DSP Group,
Oz was VP Channels Sales, Business Development and Strategic Marketing at ECI Telecom, where he defined and
implemented exceptional and innovative pricing approach generating sharp sales increase. Prior to his work at ECI,
he was Engagement Manager at Shaldor, a leading management consulting firm. Mr. Zimerman holds a B.Sc. in
Industrial Engineering & Management from NYU University (summa cum laude) and a Master of Science in
Engineering and Management from Columbia University.
Hadar Vismunski-Weinberg joined Ceragon in April 2023 and serves as Chief Legal Officer and Corporate
Secretary. Ms. Vismunski-Weinberg has extensive global leadership experience. Prior to Ceragon, she served as the
Bank Corporate Secretary of Bank Leumi Ltd. (2021-2022), as Vice President, Chief General Counsel and Corporate
Secretary at Partner Communications Company Ltd. (2017-2021) and held various legal leadership positions at Teva
Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd., including VP Legal (2007-2017). In her earlier career, Ms. Vismunski-Weinberg was
a partner in an Israeli law firm specializing in commercial and corporate law. Ms. Vismunski-Weinberg holds a
Bachelor of Law from The Hebrew University of Jerusalem, and is a member of the Israeli Bar Association since
1999.
Michal Goldstein has served as our Chief People Officer since March 2020. Previous to this appointment,
Ms. Goldstein served as the Chief Human Resources Officer of Contentsquare, a privately held global software
company. Prior to Contentsquare, Ms. Goldstein was Vice President of Human Resources Centers of Excellence at
NICE Systems (Nasdaq), as well as served in various Human Resources Business Partner positions at Amdocs, where
she spent twelve years, including three years in the company’s Silicon Valley office. Ms. Goldstein has a background
in organizational development and consulting and holds a B.A in Psychology from the University of Haifa, Israel, an
M.Sc. in Organizational Psychology from the University of Nottingham, UK, and a Doctor of Management Degree
from the University of Hertfordshire, UK, specializing in organizational complexity.
Ulik Broida has served as our Chief Product Officer since January 2019 and in April 2021 joined Ceragon’s
executive management team as Executive Vice President Solutions Management. In February 2022, Mr. Broida also
assumed the role of Executive Vice President Products. Mr. Broida is responsible for product strategy, innovation and
product management, and leads the company’s Product Management and Global Sales Engineering teams to
ultimately support global sales in delivering value to service providers and mission critical private networks
worldwide. Mr. Commencing in February 2022, Mr. Broida also leads the products research and development from
inception and design using innovative, cutting-edge technologies, all the way to high volume production. Mr. Broida
brings over 21 years of experience in strategic marketing and product strategy in the Telecom and IIOT industry. Prior
to joining Ceragon, Mr. Broida served as the VP Marketing at mPrest, where he was responsible for product
management, marketing, and business development. He served as Vice President of Marketing and Business
70
Development at RAD from 2013 to 2016 and held numerous additional VP product management roles in Wavion
(2010-2013), NICE (2006-2010), Alvarion (2000-2006). Mr. Broida holds a B.Sc in electrical engineering from the
Technion, Israel’s Institute of Technology, and a Master’s degree in Business Administration from the Tel Aviv
University.
Dima Friedman has served as our Executive Vice President, Chief Operating Officer since January 22, 2023.
Prior to joining Ceragon, Mr. Friedman served as a Corporate Vice President of Operations (2010-2022) at DSP Group
Inc., publicly traded global leader in wireless communication and voice processing chipsets and algorithms. Mr.
Friedman served also in a number of capacities including responsibilities for manufacturing engineering, production
test engineering, foundry and assembly technology, configuration and lifecycle management, supplier management,
product quality and reliability, as well as other business functions. Mr. Friedman hold a BSc in Electrical Engineering
and graduation of the Director and Senior Executive Program from Tel Aviv University.
Ronen Ben-Hamou has served as our Chief growth officer, since December 2023. Mr. Ben-Hamou brings
over 20 years of international leadership experience in C-level, general management, business, and technical executive
roles in the Telecommunication and IoT industries. He has led innovation and managed large-scale international
organizations focusing on system, silicon, and software development. Prior to joining Ceragon, Mr. Ben-Hamou
served as the CEO of Siklu, a provider of multi-Gigabit “wireless fiber” connectivity in urban, suburban and rural
areas. His extensive experience includes commercializing new technologies with Tier 1 customers as well as driving
digital transformation across the globe. Mr. Ben-Hamou’s previous roles also included EVP of Products & Solutions
and Head of Global R&D as well as EVP, of IoT Technologies & Solutions at Telit. Prior to that, he held leadership
positions at Ericsson, as COO & Head of R&D of their Modems business unit, ST-Ericsson as SVP & GM of Thin
Modem Solutions, and Infineon Technologies as VP & GM of Entry Phone base unit. Mr. Ben-Hamou holds a B.Sc.
degree in Electrical Engineering from Coventry University in the UK.
Ram Prakash Tripathi has served as our Regional President, APAC since 2002. Prior to joining Ceragon,
Mr. Tripathi held senior managerial positions at several companies including Stratex and Reliance and has over 20
years of experience in the telecommunications industry. Mr. Tripathi holds a B.Sc. in Electronics & Communication
Engineering from the Dr. Babasaheb Ambedkar University, in Aurangabad, Maharashtra, India.
Mario Querner has served as our Regional President, EMEA since October 2016 and additionally Africa
since January 2020. Mr. Querner has over 25 years of international business experience in telecommunications and
media, working in Europe and Asia. Prior to joining Ceragon, Mr. Querner held the position of Vice President of Asia-
Pacific at Newtec, a leading provider for satellite telecommunication solutions. From 2011 to 2013, Mr. Querner
served as Head of Region, South East Asia at ECI (optical transmission networks). From 2009 to 2011 he was the
Head of Sales at Technicolor, formerly Thomson, in charge of APAC-EMEA for Digital Home Solutions. From 1999
to 2009, Mr. Querner held several management positions at Alcatel-Lucent, the last of which was Managing Director
and Country Senior Officer in Indonesia. Mr. Querner has a degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of
Applied Science in Braunschweig/Wolfenbuettel (Germany) and a degree in Business Administration from the Brunel
University (United Kingdom).
Ronen Rotstein has served as our Regional President, North America since 2022. Mr. Rotstein joined Ceragon
in 2015, and most recently he was responsible for Ceragon Business Finance teams across the Americas, while leading
the Group’s operations in North America. Prior to that Mr. Rotstein held various Finance and Operations positions in
Asia, Europe and North America Mr. Rotstein brings over 20 years of international business and finance experience.
Prior to joining Ceragon, he held senior finance positions with Amdocs, and before that was a consultant with PwC in
Israel and the UK. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from the Tel-Aviv University.
Carlos Alvarez has served as our Regional President, Latin America since December 2021. Mr. Alvarez has
over 24 years of business experience in telecommunications working across Latin America Region. Mr. Alvarez most
recently served as General Manager at TimweTech helping businesses drive digital marketing and fintech strategies.
Prior to this, Mr. Alvarez served as Vice President of Caribbean and the Latin America region at Amdocs leading the
OSS/BSS business. His career also included various positions at Alcatel-Lucent/Nokia, the latest of which was Global
Account Manager for the CALA Division. Mr. Alvarez holds an M.B.A. from IESA and has a degree in Electronical
Engineering from the UNET in Venezuela.
Arrangements Involving Directors and Senior Management
There are no arrangements or understandings of which we are aware relating to the election of our current
71
directors or the appointment of current executive officers in our Company. In addition, there are no family
relationships among any of the individuals listed in this Section A (Directors and Senior Management).
B. Compensation
a) Aggregate Executive Compensation
During 2024, the aggregate compensation paid by us or accrued on behalf of all persons listed in Section A
above (Directors and Senior Management), and other directors and executive officers who served as such during the
year 2024, including Mr. Alon Klomek, who ceased to serve in his position on January 1, 2025 and Robert Wadsworth
who joined the Company’s board of directors on May 24, 2024, consisted of approximately $3.8 million in salary,
fees, bonuses, commissions and directors’ fees and approximately $0.5 million in amounts set aside or accrued to
provide pension, retirement or similar benefits, but excluding amounts expended for automobiles made available to
our officers, expenses (including business travel, professional and business association dues and expenses) reimbursed
to our officers and other fringe benefits commonly reimbursed under local practices or paid by companies in Israel
(all the amounts were translated to USD based on exchange rate as of December 31, 2024). This aggregation does not
include Messrs. Querner, Tripathi, Alvarez and Rotstein (together the “Region Heads”), who were not considered
executive officers during 2024. Following the departure of Mr. Klomek, the Region Heads will be considered
executive officers beginning in 2025.
We have a performance-based bonus plan, which includes our executive officers. The plan is based on our
overall performance, the particular unit performance, and individual performance. A non-material portion of the
performance objectives of our executive officers are qualitative. The measurable performance objectives can change
year over year, and are a combination of financial parameters, such as revenues, booking, gross profit, regional
operating profit, operating income, net income and collection. The plan for our executive officers is reviewed and
approved by our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors annually (and with respect to our CEO, also by
our shareholders), as are any bonus payments to our executive officers made under such plan.
Cash Compensation Our directors (except for Mr. Ilan Rosen, our Chairman of the Board of Directors
(“Chairman”), as described below) are compensated in accordance with regulations promulgated under the
Companies Law concerning the remuneration of external directors (the “Remuneration Regulations”), as amended
by the Israeli Companies Regulations (Relief for Companies with Shares Registered for Trade in a Stock Exchange
Outside of Israel) - 2000 (the “Foreign Listed Regulations”). Each of them is entitled to a cash compensation in
accordance with the “fixed” amounts of the annual and participation fees, as set forth in the Remuneration Regulations,
based on the classification of the Company according to the amount of its capital, and to reimbursement of travel
expenses for participation in a meeting, which is held outside of the director’s place of residence; currently – the sum
of NIS 112,000 (approximately $31,016) (based on the NIS/USD exchange ratio as published by the Bank of Israel
on March 4, 2025 (the “Exchange Ratio”) as an annual fee, the sum of NIS 3,500 (approximately $969, based on the
Exchange Ratio) as an in-person participation fee, NIS 2,100 (approximately $582, based on the Exchange Ratio) for
conference call participation and NIS 1,750 (approximately $485, based on the Exchange Ratio) for written
resolutions. As the above-mentioned amounts are within the range between the fixed amounts set forth in the
Remuneration Regulations and the maximum amounts set forth in the Foreign Listed Regulations, they are exempt
from shareholder approval, in accordance with the Israeli Companies Regulations (Relief from Related Party
Transactions) – 2000 (the “Relief Regulations”). At the annual general meeting held on May 24, 2024 (“2024
AGM”), our shareholders approved an annual fee of NIS 230,000 (approximately $66,295, based on the Exchange
Ratio) to our Chairman, and participation fees equal to those listed above. Additionally, at the 2024 AGM our
shareholders approved that Mr. Wadsworth shall be entitled to in-person participation fees also for conference call
participation, as he is our only director residing outside of Israel. These cash amounts are subject to an annual
adjustment for changes in the Israeli consumer price index in accordance with the Remuneration Regulations. The
above-mentioned cash compensation is in line with the Company’s compensation policy, which was most recently
revised and adopted by our shareholders on the 2023 AGM (as defined below) (the “Compensation Policy”),
according to which each of the Company’s non-executive directors is entitled to receive cash fees which include
annual and participation fees. For more information, please see “Remuneration of Directors” and “The Stock Option
Plan” below and Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included as Item 18 in this annual report.
Equity Compensation. During 2024, we granted to our directors and members of our senior management
detailed in Section 6.A (excluding our Region Heads, as described above) and other directors and executive officers
who served as such during the year 2024, in the aggregate, options to purchase 501,683 ordinary shares, with an
exercise price that ranges from $2.58 to $3.08 per share. During 2024, we granted to our directors and members of
72
our senior management detailed in Section 6A, in the aggregate 250,867 restricted share units (“RSUs”). As of
December 31, 2024, there were a total of 1,876,488 outstanding options to purchase ordinary shares and 522,707
RSUs that were held by our directors and senior management.
In addition to cash fees, as remuneration for their contribution and efforts as directors of the Company, and
in line with the limitations set forth in our Compensation Policy with respect to equity-based compensation for non-
executive directors, our directors received annual equity grants with respect to their three-year terms of service as
directors, which was last approved to them by our shareholders at the 2024 AGM, as follows:
(i) each of Efrat Makov, Yael Shaham, Robert Wadsworth, Shlomo Liran, Rami Hadar and David Ripstein,
directors of the Company, receive, on an annual basis, for a period of three years, an equal mix of outstanding options
to purchase ordinary shares (“Options”) and RSUs in an annual value of $75,000 (the “Annual Equity Value” and
collectively the “Annual Equity Awards”). The actual number of Options and RSUs shall be determined based on
the average closing price per share as quoted on the Nasdaq stock market during the 30 consecutive trading days
preceding the grant date (being the date of the 2024 AGM and its first and second anniversaries). Further detailed
description of the Annual Equity Awards is provided under our 2024 AGM proxy statement filed on April 18, 2024
(the “2024 Proxy Statement”);
(ii) Ilan Rosen, our Chairman, also receives Annual Equity Awards provided that their Annual Equity Value
is $112,500.
b)
Individual Compensation of Office Holders
The following information describes the compensation of our five most highly compensated “officer holders”
(as such term is defined in the Companies Law) with respect to the year ended December 31, 2024. The five individuals
for whom disclosure is provided are referred to herein as “Covered Office Holders.” All amounts specified below are
in terms of cost to the Company, translated to USD based on exchange rate as of December 31, 2024, and are based
on the following components:
•
Salary Costs. Salary Costs include gross salary, benefits and perquisites, including those mandated by
applicable law which may include, to the extent applicable to each Covered Office Holder, payments,
contributions and/or allocations for pension, severance, car or car allowance, medical insurance and risk
insurance (e.g., life, disability, accidents), phone, convalescence pay, relocation, payments for social security,
and other benefits consistent with the Company’s guidelines.
•
Performance Bonus Costs. Performance Bonus Costs represent bonuses granted to the Covered Office Holder
with respect to the year ended December 31, 2024, paid in accordance with the Covered Office Holder’s
performance of targets as set forth in his bonus plan, and approved by the Company’s Compensation
Committee and Board of Directors.
•
Equity Costs represent the expense recorded in our financial statements for the year ended December 31,
2024, with respect to equity-based compensation granted in 2024 and in previous years. For assumptions and
key variables used in the calculation of such amounts see Note 2U of our audited consolidated financial
statements.
•
Doron Arazi – CEO: Salary Costs - $432,360; Performance Bonus Costs - $277,804; Equity Costs -
$409,912.
•
Alon Klomek – (former) Chief Revenue Officer: Salary Costs - $318,213; Performance Bonus Costs -
$169,080; Equity Costs - $142,031.
•
Ronen Ben-Hamou – Chief Growth Officer: Salary Cost - $321,328; Performance Bonus Costs -
$153,598; Equity Costs - $69,614.
•
Ulik Broida – Chief Product Officer: Salary Costs - $282,353; Performance Bonus Costs - $97,868;
Equity Costs - $100,215.
•
Ronen Stein – CFO: Salary Costs - $303,516; Performance Bonus Costs - $87,740; Equity Costs -
$62,100.
Compensation Policy
Under the Companies Law, we are required to adopt a compensation policy, which sets forth company policy
73
regarding the terms of office and employment of office holders, including compensation, equity awards, severance
and other benefits, exemption from liability and indemnification. Such compensation policy should take into account,
among other things, providing proper incentives to office holders, management of risks by the Company, the office
holder’s contribution to achieving corporate objectives and increasing profits, and the function of the office holder.
Our Compensation Policy is designed to balance between the importance of incentivizing office holders to
reach personal targets and the need to assure that the overall compensation meets our Company’s long-term strategic
performance and financial objectives. The Compensation Policy provides our Compensation Committee and Board of
Directors with adequate measures and flexibility to tailor each of our office holder’s compensation package based,
among other matters, on geography, tasks, role, seniority and capability. Moreover, the Policy is intended to motivate
our office holders to achieve ongoing targeted results in addition to high-level business performance in the long term,
without encouraging excessive risk taking.
The Compensation Policy and any amendments thereto must be approved by the board of directors, after
considering the recommendations of the compensation committee, and by a special majority of our shareholders which
should include (i) at least a majority of the shareholders who are not controlling shareholders and who do not have a
personal interest in the matter, present and voting (abstentions are disregarded), or (ii) the non-controlling shareholders
and shareholders who do not have a personal interest in the matter who were present and voted against the matter hold
two percent or less of the aggregate voting power in the company (“Special Majority”). The Compensation Policy
must be reviewed from time to time by the board and must be re-approved or amended by the board of directors and
the shareholders no less than every three years. If the Compensation Policy is not approved by the shareholders, the
compensation committee and the board of directors may nonetheless approve the policy, following further discussion
of the matter and for detailed reasons.
Our Compensation Policy was originally approved by our shareholders in 2012 and was revised and adopted
by our shareholders at the 2023 AGM, which was held on September 6, 2023.
Clawback Policy
On June 9, 2023, the SEC approved Nasdaq’s proposed clawback listing standards that implement the SEC’s
clawback rule, which was adopted under Rule 10D-1 under the Exchange Act (the “Clawback Listing Rules”). The
SEC’s final rule directed U.S. stock exchanges, including Nasdaq, to adopt listing standards requiring all listed
companies, including foreign private issuers, such as the Company, to adopt and comply with a written clawback
policy, to disclose the policy and to file the policy as an exhibit to its annual report, as well as to include other
disclosures in the event a clawback is triggered under the policy. At the 2023 AGM, following the approvals of the
Compensation Committee and Board of Directors, we amended Section 9 (Clawback Policy) of the Compensation
Policy, to provide that the Company would adopt a clawback policy as contemplated pursuant to the Clawback Listing
Rules. On November 30, 2023, our Compensation Committee and Board of Directors approved the adoption of a
clawback policy in compliance with the Clawback Listing Rules (the “Clawback Policy”) to recover any excess
incentive-based compensation from current and former officers after an accounting restatement, effective as of
October 2, 2023. In addition, the Compensation Committee and the Board of Directors may apply this Clawback
Policy to persons who are not officers. Under the Clawback Policy, in the event that the Company is required to
prepare an accounting restatement due to its material noncompliance with any financial reporting requirement under
U.S. federal securities law, the policy provides that the Company will recoup compensation from each current or
former executive officer who, during the three-year period preceding the date on which an accounting restatement is
required, received incentive compensation based on the erroneous financial data that exceeds the amount of incentive-
based compensation the executive would have received based on the restatement. The Compensation Committee and
the Board of Directors administer the Company’s Clawback Policy and have sole discretion to determine how to seek
recovery under the policy and may forgo recovery if both determine that recovery would be impracticable.
C. Board Practices
Corporate Governance Practices
We are incorporated in Israel and therefore are generally subject to various corporate governance practices
under the Companies Law, relating to matters such as external directors, audit committee, compensation committee,
internal auditor and approvals of interested parties’ transactions. These matters are in addition to the ongoing listing
conditions under the Nasdaq Rules and other relevant provisions of U.S. securities laws. Under applicable Nasdaq
Rules, a foreign private issuer (such as the Company) may generally follow its home country rules of corporate
governance in lieu of the comparable Nasdaq Rules, except for certain matters such as composition and responsibilities
74
of the audit committee and the independence of its members. See Item 3. “KEY INFORMATION – Risk Factors –
Risks Relating to Operation in Israel - Being a foreign private issuer exempts us from certain SEC requirements and
Nasdaq Rules, which may result in less protection than is afforded to investors under rules applicable to domestic
issuers.” For information regarding home country rules followed by us see Item 16G. “CORPORATE
GOVERNANCE”.
General Board Practices
Under the Company’s Articles of Association, the Board of Directors is to consist of not less than five (5)
and not more than nine (9) directors, unless otherwise determined by a resolution of the Company's shareholders. Our
Board of Directors presently consists of seven (7) members. The Board of Directors retains all the powers in managing
our Company that are not specifically granted to the shareholders. For example, for whatever purposes it deems fit,
the Board may decide to borrow money or may set aside reserves out of our profits.
The Board of Directors may pass a resolution when a quorum is present, and by a vote of at least a majority
of the directors present when the resolution is put to vote. A quorum is defined as at least a majority of the directors
then in office who are lawfully entitled to participate in the meeting but not less than two directors. The Chairman of
the Board is elected and removed by the board members. Minutes of the Board meetings are recorded and kept at our
offices.
The Board of Directors may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, appoint a committee of the
Board and delegate to such committee all or any of the powers of the Board, as it deems appropriate. Notwithstanding
the foregoing and subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Board may, at any time, amend, restate or
cancel the delegation of any of its powers to any of its committees. Our Board of Directors has appointed a Corporate
Audit Committee under the Companies Law, a Financial Audit Committee under Nasdaq Rules, a Compensation
Committee and a Nomination Committee.
Our Articles of Association provide that any director may appoint as an alternate director, by written notice
to us, any individual who is qualified to serve as director and who is not then serving as a director or alternate director
for any other director. An alternate director has all of the rights and obligations of a director, excluding the right to
appoint an alternate for himself. Currently no alternate directors serve on our Board.
Terms and Skills of Directors
Our directors are generally elected at the annual general meeting of shareholders for a term ending on the
date of the third annual general meeting following the general meeting at which they were elected, unless earlier
terminated in the event of such director’s death, resignation, bankruptcy, incapacity or removal. At the 2024 AGM,
Messrs. Rami Hadar, Ilan Rosen, Efrat Makov, Yael Shaham, Shlomo Liran and David Ripstein were re-elected to
serve as directors and Mr. Robert Wadsworth was elected to serve as director. Information regarding the period during
which each of our directors has served in that office can be found above under the heading “Directors and Senior
Management”.
According to the Companies Law, a person who does not possess the skills required and the ability to devote
the appropriate time to the performance of the office of director in a company, taking into consideration, among other
things, the special requirements and size of that company, shall neither be appointed as a director nor serve as director
in a public company. A public company shall not convene a general meeting the agenda of which includes the
appointment of a director, and a director shall not be appointed, unless the candidate has submitted a declaration that
he or she possesses the skills required and the ability to devote the appropriate time to the performance of the office
of director in the company, that sets forth the aforementioned skills and further states that the limitations set forth in
the Companies Law regarding the appointment of a director do not apply in respect of such candidate.
A director who ceases to possess any qualification required under the Companies Law for holding the office
of director or who becomes subject to any ground for termination of his/her office must inform the company
immediately and his/her office shall terminate upon such notice.
Independent Directors
Under the Nasdaq Rules, the majority of our directors are required to be independent. The independence
criteria under the Nasdaq Rules excludes, among others, any person who is: (i) a current or former (at any time during
the past three years) employee of the company or its affiliates; or (ii) an immediate family member of an executive
officer (at any time during the past three years) of the company or its affiliates.
75
In addition, under the Companies Law, an “independent director” is either an external director or a director
appointed or classified as such who meets the same non-affiliation criteria as an external director, as determined by
the company’s audit committee, and who has not served as a director of the company for more than nine consecutive
years. For these purposes, ceasing to serve as a director for a period of two years or less would not be deemed to sever
the consecutive nature of such a director’s service. However, as our shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select
Market, we may also, in accordance with the Foreign Listed Regulations, classify directors who qualify as independent
directors under the relevant non-Israeli rules, as “independent directors” under the Companies Law. In addition, the
Foreign Listed Regulations provide that “independent directors” may be elected for additional terms that do not exceed
three years each, beyond the nine consecutive years, permitted under the Companies Law, provided that, if the director
is being re-elected for an additional term or terms beyond the nine consecutive years (i) the audit committee and board
of directors must determine that, in light of the director’s expertise and special contribution to the board of directors
and its committees, the re-election for an additional term is to the company’s benefit; (ii) the director must be re-
elected by the required majority of shareholders and subject to the terms specified in the Companies Law.
Currently, all of our serving directors – Ms. Makov, Ms. Shaham and Messrs. Liran, Rosen, Hadar,
Wadsworth and Ripstein – qualify and serve as independent directors under the Nasdaq Rules.
External Directors
Under the Companies Law, Israeli public companies are generally required to appoint at least two external
directors. Each committee of a company’s board of directors, which is authorized to exercise the board of directors’
authorities, is required to include at least one external director, and the corporate audit and compensation committees
must include all of the external directors. The Foreign Listed Regulations allow us, as a company whose shares are
traded on Nasdaq, and does not have a controlling shareholder (within the meaning of the Companies Law) to exempt
ourselves from the requirement to have external directors on our Board of Directors and from related requirements
imposed by the Companies Law concerning the composition of the audit and compensation committees, provided that
we continue to comply with the relevant U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq Rules applicable to U.S. domestic issuers,
regarding the independence of the Board and the composition of the audit and compensation committee.
An external director who was elected to serve as such prior to the date on which the company opted to comply
with the applicable U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq Rules governing the appointment of independent directors and
the composition of the audit and compensation committees, as set forth above, may continue to serve out his/her term
as a non-external director on the company’s board of directors until the earlier of (i) the end of his/her three year term,
or (ii) the second annual general meeting following the company’s decision to comply with the said applicable rules,
without any further action on the part of the company or its shareholders. Such director may be elected to the board
of directors by the company’s shareholders, but he/she would now be elected as a “regular” director (not an external
director) and his/her election would be no different than the election of any other director.
On August 12, 2019, our Board of Directors resolved that commencing on the day following the date of the
2019 Annual General Meeting of Shareholders, the Company would follow the exemption from the requirement to
have external directors on our Board, provided that it continues to meet the requisite requirements for said relief and
unless the Board of Directors determines otherwise.
Financial and Accounting Expertise. Pursuant to the Companies Law and regulations promulgated
thereunder, the board of directors of a publicly traded company is required to make a determination as to the minimum
number of directors who must have financial and accounting expertise based, among other things, on the type of
company, its size, the volume and complexity of the company’s activities and the number of directors. A director with
“accounting and financial expertise” is a director whose education, experience and skills qualify him or her to be
highly proficient in understanding business and accounting matters, thoroughly understand the Company’s financial
statements and stimulating discussion regarding the manner in which financial data is presented.
Currently, Ms. Makov, who chairs the Financial Audit Committee, and Messrs. Liran, Rosen, and Ripstein,
all independent directors, are considered “financial experts” for the purposes of the Nasdaq Rules. Each of Ms. Makov
and Messrs. Liran, Rosen, and Ripstein, satisfy the qualifications set forth for “accounting and financial expertise” as
defined under the Companies Law.
Remuneration of Directors
Directors’ remuneration is generally consistent with our compensation policy for office holders (see below)
and generally requires the approval of the Compensation Committee, the Board of Directors and the shareholders (in
76
that order).
Notwithstanding the above, under special circumstances, the compensation committee and the board of
directors may approve an arrangement that deviates from our compensation policy, provided that such an arrangement
is approved by a Special Majority.
According to the Remuneration Regulations, directors who are being compensated in accordance with such
regulations are generally entitled to an annual fee, a participation fee for board or committee meetings and
reimbursement of travel expenses for participation in a meeting which is held outside of the director’s place of
residence. The minimum fixed and maximum amounts of the annual and participation fees are set forth in the
Remuneration Regulations, and are based on the classification of the Company according to the size of its capital.
Remuneration of a director who is compensated in accordance with the Remuneration Regulations, in an amount
which is less than the fixed annual fee or the fixed participation fee, requires the approval of the Compensation
Committee, the Board of Directors and the shareholders (in that order). A company may compensate a director (who
is compensated in accordance with the Remuneration Regulations) in shares or rights to purchase shares, other than
convertible debentures which may be converted into shares, in addition to the annual and the participation fees, and
the reimbursement of expenses, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Remuneration Regulations.
Additionally, according to the Relief Regulations, shareholders’ approval for directors’ compensation and
employment arrangements is not required if both the compensation committee and the board of directors resolve that
either (i) the directors’ compensation and employment arrangements are solely for the benefit of the company or (ii)
the remuneration to be paid to any such director does not exceed the maximum amounts set forth in the Foreign Listed
Regulations. Further, according to the Relief Regulations, shareholders’ approval for directors’ compensation and
employment arrangements is not required if (i) both the compensation committee and the board of directors resolve
that such terms are not more beneficial than the former terms, or are essentially the same in their effect, and are in line
with the company’s compensation policy; and (ii) such terms are brought for shareholder approval at the next general
meeting of shareholders.
Neither we nor any of our subsidiaries have entered into a service contract with any of our current directors
that provides for benefits upon termination of their service as directors.
For a full discussion of the remuneration paid to our directors see above in “B. Compensation a) Aggregate
Executive Compensation”.
Mandatory Committees of the Board of Directors
Financial Audit Committee
In accordance with the rules of the SEC under the Exchange Act and under Nasdaq Rules, we are required to
have an audit committee consisting of at least three directors, each of whom (i) is independent; (ii) does not receive
any compensation from the Company (other than directors’ fees); (iii) is not an affiliated person of the Company or
any of its subsidiaries; (iv) has not participated in the preparation of the Company’s (or subsidiary’s) financial
statements during the past three years; and (v) is financially literate and one of whom has been determined by the
board to be a financial expert. The duties and responsibilities of the Financial Audit Committee include: (i)
recommending the appointment of the Company’s independent auditor to the Board of Directors, determining its
compensation and overseeing the work performed by it; (ii) pre-approving all services of the independent auditor; (iii)
overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of our financial statements; and (iv)
handling complaints relating to accounting, internal controls and auditing matters. Nonetheless, under the Companies
Law, the appointment of the Company’s independent auditor requires the approval of the shareholders, and its
compensation requires the approval of our Board of Directors.
As of the date hereof, Messrs. Liran, Ripstein and Ms. Makov serve on our Financial Audit Committee, each
of whom has been determined by the Board to meet the Nasdaq Rules and SEC standards described above, and with
Ms. Makov serving as chairperson of such committee and as its financial expert. See Item 16A. “AUDIT
COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT” below. We have adopted an Audit Committee charter as required under the
Nasdaq Rules.
Corporate Audit Committee
We maintain a Corporate Audit Committee which is our audit committee for the purposes of the Companies
Law; the duties and responsibilities of our Corporate Audit Committee mainly include: (i) identifying of irregularities
77
and deficiencies in the management of our business, in consultation with the internal auditor and our independent
auditor, and suggesting appropriate courses of action to amend such irregularities; (ii) reviewing and approving certain
transactions and actions of the Company, including the approval of related party transactions that require approval by
the audit committee under the Companies Law; defining whether certain acts and transactions that involve conflicts
of interest are material or not and whether transactions that involve interested parties are extraordinary or not, and to
approve such transactions; (iii) establishing procedures to be followed with respect to related party transactions; (iv)
discuss with management policies and practices for risk assessment; (v) recommending the appointment of the internal
auditor and its compensation to the Board of Directors; (vi) examining the performance of our internal auditor and
whether it is provided with the required resources and tools necessary for him to fulfill its role, considering, inter alia,
the Company’s size and special needs; (vii) examining the independent auditor’s scope of work as well as his fees and
providing its recommendations to the appropriate corporate organ; (viii) overseeing the accounting and financial
reporting processes of the Company; (ix) setting procedures for handling complaints made by the Company’s
employees in connection with management deficiencies and the protection to be provided to such employees; (x)
discuss and review responses to SEC comments regarding the Company’s financial statements or financial reporting;
(xi) review and discuss with the independent auditor the matters required by Public Company Accounting Oversight
Board Auditing Standard No. 1301 6 (Communications with Audit Committees) relating to the conduct of the audit;
(xii) review and monitor, significant findings of any examination by regulatory authorities or agencies; (xiii) review
proposed future internal audit plans; and (xiv) performing such other duties that are or will be designated solely to the
audit committee in accordance with the Companies Law and the Company’s Articles of Association.
The Corporate Audit Committee composition requirements referred to under Section 115 of the Companies
Law are not applicable to the Company as the Board of Directors, as part of its decision to opt out of the requirement
to appoint external directors, as provided for under the Foreign Listed Regulations, also adopted relief from such
composition requirements on the basis that the Company complies, and will continue to comply, with the relevant
U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq Rules applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, regarding the independence of the Board
and the composition of the audit and compensation committees.
As of the date hereof, Mr. Ripstein, Ms. Shaham and Ms. Makov serve on our Corporate Audit Committee,
each of whom has been determined by the Board to meet the Nasdaq Rules and SEC standards described under the
Financial Audit Committee section above, and Mr. Ripstein serves as its chairman.
Compensation Committee
Under the Nasdaq Rules, the compensation payable to our executive officers must be determined or
recommended to the board for determination either by a majority of the independent directors on the board, in a vote
in which only independent directors participate, or by a compensation committee consisting of at least two independent
directors (as defined under the Nasdaq Rules). Each compensation committee member must also be deemed by our
Board of Directors to meet the enhanced independence requirements for members of the compensation committee
under the Nasdaq Rules, which requires, among other things, that our Board of Directors consider the source of each
such committee member’s compensation in considering whether he or she is independent. According to the Companies
Law, the compensation committee shall include all the external directors, which shall consist of the majority of its
members. As indicated above, we opted out of the external director rules in accordance with the exemption provided
under the Foreign Listed Regulations. Nonetheless, as our Board has decided to opt out of the requirement to elect
external directors and to adopted relief from the audit and compensation composition requirements under the
Companies Law, we are subject to the relevant U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq Rules applicable to U.S. domestic
issuers regarding the independence of the Board and the composition of the audit and compensation committees.
According to the Companies Law, the board of directors of any Israeli public company must appoint a
compensation committee, which is responsible for: (i) making recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect
to the approval of the compensation policy (see below) and any extensions thereto; (ii) periodically reviewing the
implementation of the compensation policy and providing the Board of Directors with recommendations with respect
to any amendments or updates thereto; (iii) reviewing and resolving whether or not to approve arrangements with
respect to the terms of office and employment of office holders; and (iv) determining whether or not to exempt under
certain circumstances a transaction with a candidate for CEO, who is not affiliated with the Company or its controlling
shareholders, from shareholder approval, and provided that the terms approved are consistent with the compensation
policy. Under the Companies Law, the Compensation Committee may need to seek the approval of the Board of
Directors and the shareholders for certain compensation-related decisions. See “Item 6 - Directors, Senior
Management and Employees – B. Compensation”.
78
In addition, our Compensation Committee administers our Amended and Restated Share Option and RSU
Plan. The Board has delegated to the Compensation Committee the authority to grant options and RSUs under this
plan and to act as the share incentive committee pursuant to this plan, provided that such grants are within the
framework determined by the Board, and that the grant of equity compensation to our office holders is also approved
by our board.
The Compensation Committee composition requirements referred to under Section 118A of the Companies
Law are not applicable to the Company as the Board of Directors, as part of its decision to opt out of the requirement
to appoint external directors, as provided for under the Foreign Listed Regulations, also adopted relief from such
composition requirements on the basis that the Company complies, and will continue to comply, with the relevant
U.S. securities laws and Nasdaq Rules applicable to U.S. domestic issuers, regarding the independence of the Board
and the composition of the audit and compensation committees.
Mr. Rosen, Ms. Shaham, and Mr. Hadar serve on our Compensation Committee, each of whom meets the
above-mentioned qualification requirements set forth under the Nasdaq Rules, and Mr. Hadar serves as its chairman.
Nomination Committee
The Nasdaq Rules require that director nominees be selected or recommended for the board’s selection either
by a nomination committee composed solely of independent directors, or by a majority of independent directors, in a
vote in which only independent directors participate, subject to certain exceptions. Currently, Messrs. Liran, Rosen
and Hadar, all independent directors, serve as members of our Nomination Committee, which recommends director
nominees for our Board’s approval.
Approval of Office Holders Terms of Employment
The terms of office and employment of office holders (other than directors and the CEO) require the approval
of the compensation committee and then of the board of directors, provided such terms are in accordance with the
company’s compensation policy. If terms of employment of such office holder are not in accordance with the
compensation policy, then shareholder approval is also required following the approval of the compensation
committee and board of directors after taking into account the various policy considerations and mandatory
requirements set forth in the Companies Law with respect to office holders’ compensation. However, in special
circumstances the compensation committee and then the board of directors may nonetheless approve such terms of
office and employment, even if they were not approved by the shareholders, following further discussion and for
detailed reasoning. In addition, the Relief Regulations provide that non-material changes to the terms of office of
office holders who are subordinated to the company’s CEO will require only CEO approval, provided that the
company’s compensation policy includes a reasonable range for such non-material changes.
The terms of office and employment of a CEO, regardless of whether such terms conform to the company’s
compensation policy, must be approved by the compensation committee, the board of directors and then by a Special
Majority.
Notwithstanding the above, in special circumstances the compensation committee and then the board of
directors may nonetheless approve compensation for the CEO, even if such compensation was not approved by the
shareholders, following further discussion and for detailed reasoning. In addition, under certain circumstances, a
company’s compensation committee may exempt the terms of office and employment of a candidate for the position
of CEO from shareholders’ approval, provided that the candidate is not a director and that the terms of office are
compliant with the company’s compensation policy.
Amendment of existing terms of office and employment of office holders who are not directors, including
chief executive officers, require the approval of the compensation committee only, if the compensation committee
determines that the amendment is not material.
The terms of office and employment of directors, regardless of whether such terms conform to the company’s
compensation policy, must be approved by the compensation committee, the board of directors and then by the
shareholders, and, in case that such terms are inconsistent with the company’s compensation policy, such shareholders’
approval must be obtained by the Special Majority with respect to the CEO.
However, and as referred to above with respect to remuneration of directors, according to the Relief
Regulations, a company’s compensation committee and board of directors are permitted to approve terms of office
and employment of a CEO or of a director, without convening a general meeting of shareholders, provided however,
79
that such terms: (i) are not more beneficial than the former terms, or are essentially the same in their effect; (ii) are in
line with the company’s compensation policy; and (iii) are brought for shareholder approval at the next general
meeting of shareholders. In addition, a company's compensation committee and board of directors are permitted to
approve the terms of office of a director, without convening a general meeting of shareholders, provided that such
terms are only beneficial to the company or that such terms are in compliance with the terms set forth in the
Remuneration Regulations.
Approval of Certain Transactions with Related Parties
The Companies Law requires the approval of the corporate audit committee or the compensation committee,
thereafter, the approval of the board of directors and in certain cases the approval of the shareholders, in order to effect
specified actions and extraordinary transactions such as the following:
•
transactions with office holders and third parties, where an office holder has a personal interest in the
transaction;
•
employment terms of office holders; and
•
extraordinary transactions with controlling parties, and extraordinary transactions with a third party
where a controlling party has a personal interest in the transaction, or any transaction with the controlling
shareholder or his relative regarding terms of service provided directly or indirectly (including through
a company controlled by the controlling shareholder) and terms of employment (for a controlling
shareholder who is not an office holder). A “relative” is defined in the Companies Law as spouse, sibling,
parent, grandparent, descendant, spouse’s descendant, sibling or parent and the spouse of any of the
foregoing.
Further, such extraordinary transactions with controlling shareholders require the approval of the corporate
audit committee or the compensation committee, the board of directors and the majority of the voting power of the
shareholders present and voting at the general meeting of the company (not including abstentions), provided that
either:
•
the majority of the shares of shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction and who are
present and voting, not taking into account any abstentions, vote in favor; or
•
shareholders who have no personal interest in the transaction who vote against the transaction do not
represent more than two percent of the aggregate voting rights in the company.
The Companies Law extends the disclosure requirements applicable to an office holder (as detailed below)
to a controlling shareholder in a public company. Any shareholder participating in the vote on approval of an
extraordinary transaction with a controlling shareholder must inform the company prior to the voting whether or not
he or she has a personal interest in the approval of the transaction, and if he or she fails to do so, his or her vote will
be disregarded.
Further, such extraordinary transactions as well as any transactions with a controlling shareholder or his
relative concerning terms of service or employment need to be re-approved once every three years, provided however
that with respect to certain such extraordinary transactions the corporate audit committee may determine that a longer
duration is reasonable given the circumstances related thereto and such extended period has been approved by the
shareholders.
In accordance with the Relief Regulations, certain defined types of extraordinary transactions between a
public company and its controlling shareholder(s) are exempt from the shareholder approval requirements.
The approval of the corporate audit committee, followed by the approval of the board of directors and the
shareholders, is required to effect a private placement of securities, in which either: (i) 20% or more of the company’s
outstanding share capital prior to the placement is offered, and the payment for which (in whole or in part) is not in
cash, in tradable securities registered in a stock exchange or not under market terms, and which will result in: (a) an
increase of the holdings of a shareholder that holds 5% or more of the company’s outstanding share capital or voting
rights; or (b) will cause any person to become, as a result of the issuance, a holder of more than 5% of the company’s
outstanding share capital or voting rights; or (ii) a person will become a controlling shareholder of the company.
A “controlling party” is defined in the Israeli Securities Law and in the Companies Law, for purposes of the
provisions governing related party transactions, as a person with the ability to direct the actions of a company but
80
excluding a person whose power derives solely from his or her position as a director of the company or any other
position with the company, and with respect to approval of transactions with related parties also a person who holds
25% or more of the voting power in a public company if no other shareholder owns more than 50% of the voting
power in the company, and provided that two or more persons holding voting rights in the company, who each have
a personal interest in the approval of the same transaction, shall be deemed to be one holder for the purpose of
evaluating their holdings with respect to approvals of transactions with related parties.
Compensation committee approval is also required (and thereafter, the approval of the board of directors and
in certain cases – the approval of the shareholders) to approve the grant of an exemption from the responsibility for a
breach of the duty of care towards the company, for the provision of insurance and for an undertaking to indemnify
any office holder of the company; see below under “Exemption, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and
Officers”.
The Company has adopted a Related Parties Transactions Policy which was last reviewed and ratified by the
Corporate Audit Committee and the Board of Directors on February 8, 2023, that, among other things, reflects the
approval procedures as required under law and sets criteria for the classification of proposed transactions as
Extraordinary Transaction (or Exceptional Transaction), Ordinary Transactions and Ordinary Transactions that are
insignificant ones.
Duties of Office Holders and Shareholders
Duties of Office Holders
Fiduciary Duties. The Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty on all office holders of
a company, including directors. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of care with which a
reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances, and requires office
holders to use reasonable means to obtain (i) information regarding the business advisability of a given action brought
for the office holders’ approval or performed by the office holders by virtue of their position, and (ii) all other
information of importance pertaining to the aforesaid actions. The duty of loyalty includes avoiding any conflict of
interest between the office holder’s position in the company and his personal affairs, avoiding any competition with
the company, avoiding the exploitation of any business opportunity of the company in order to receive personal
advantage for himself or others, and revealing to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s
affairs which the office holder has received due to his position as an office holder.
The company may approve an action by an office holder from which the office holder would otherwise have
to refrain due to its violation of the office holder’s duty of loyalty if: (i) the office holder acts in good faith and the act
or its approval is not to the detriment of the company, and (ii) the office holder discloses the nature of his or her
interest in the transaction to the company a reasonable time prior to the company’s approval.
Each person listed in the table above under “Directors and Senior Management” is considered an office holder
under the Companies Law.
Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder. The Companies Law requires that an office holder of a
company promptly disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, and all related material information and
documents known to him or her relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. If the transaction is
an extraordinary transaction, the office holder must also disclose any personal interest held by the office holder’s
spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants, spouse’s siblings, parents and descendants and the spouses of
any of these people, or any corporation in which the office holder: (i) holds at least 5% of the company’s outstanding
share capital or voting rights; (ii) is a director or chief executive officer; or (iii) has the right to appoint at least one
director or the chief executive officer. An extraordinary transaction is defined as a transaction that is either: (i) not in
the ordinary course of business; (ii) not on market terms; or (iii) likely to have a material impact on the company’s
profitability, assets or liabilities.
In the case of a transaction which is not an extraordinary transaction, after the office holder complies with
the above disclosure requirements, only board approval is required unless the articles of association of the company
provide otherwise. The transaction must not be adverse to the company’s interest. If a transaction is an extraordinary
transaction, or concerns the terms of office and employment, then, in addition to any approval stipulated by the articles
of association, it must also be approved by the company’s audit committee (or with respect to terms of office and
employment, by the compensation committee) and then by the board of directors, and, under certain circumstances,
by shareholders of the company.
81
A person with a personal interest in any matter may not generally be present at any audit committee,
compensation committee or board of directors meeting where such matter is being considered, and if he or she is a
member of the committee or a director, he or she may not generally vote on such matter at the applicable meeting.
Duties of Shareholders
Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to: (i) act in good faith toward the company and other
shareholders; and (ii) refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, including, among other things, voting in
a general meeting of shareholders with respect to the following matters: (a) any amendment to the articles of
association; (b) an increase of the company’s authorized share capital; (c) a merger; or (d) approval of interested party
transactions which require shareholders’ approval.
In addition, any controlling shareholder, or any shareholder who knows that it possesses power to determine
the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, pursuant to the provisions of a company’s articles of
association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder in the company, is under a duty
to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty but states
that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract, will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty of
fairness, taking into account such shareholder’s position.
Exemption, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
The Companies Law provides that companies like ours may indemnify their officers and directors and
purchase an insurance policy to cover certain liabilities, if provisions for that purpose are included in their articles of
association.
Our Articles of Association allow us to indemnify and ensure our office holders to the fullest extent permitted
by law.
Office Holders’ Exemption
Under the Companies Law, an Israeli company may not exempt an office holder from liability for a breach
of his or her duty of loyalty, but may exempt in advance an office holder from his or her liability to the company, in
whole or in part, for a breach of his or her duty of care (except in connection with distributions), provided that the
articles of association allow it to do so. Our Articles of Association allow us to exempt our office holders to the fullest
extent permitted by law.
Office Holders’ Insurance
Our Articles of Association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, we may enter into
a contract for the insurance of all or part of the liability imposed on our office holder in respect of an act or omission
performed by him or her in his or her capacity as an office holder, regarding each of the following:
•
a breach of his or her duty of care to us or to another person;
•
a breach of his or her duty of loyalty to us, provided that the office holder acted in good faith and had
reasonable cause to assume that his or her act would not prejudice our interests;
•
monetary liabilities or obligations imposed upon him or her in favor of another person; and/or
•
any other event, occurrence or circumstance in respect of which we may lawfully insure an office holder.
Without derogating from the aforementioned, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the
Israeli Securities Law, we may also enter into a contract to insure an office holder, in respect of expenses, including
reasonable litigation expenses and legal fees, incurred by an office holder in relation to an administrative proceeding
instituted against such office holder or payment required to be made to an injured party, pursuant to certain provisions
of the Israeli Securities Law.
Office Holder’s Indemnification
Our Articles of Association provide that, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and the Israeli
Securities Law, we may indemnify any of our office holders for an obligation or expense specified below, imposed
on or incurred by the office holder in respect of an act or omission performed in his or her capacity as an office holder,
as follows:
82
•
a financial liability imposed on him or her in favor of another person by any judgment, including a
settlement or an arbitration award approved by a court.
•
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorney’s fees, incurred by the office holder as a result of an
investigation or proceeding instituted against him by a competent authority which concluded without the
filing of an indictment against him and without the imposition of any financial liability in lieu of criminal
proceedings, or which concluded without the filing of an indictment against him but with the imposition
of a financial liability in lieu of criminal proceedings concerning a criminal offense that does not require
proof of criminal intent or in connection with a financial sanction (the phrases “proceeding concluded
without the filing of an indictment” and “financial liability in lieu of criminal proceeding” shall have the
meaning ascribed to such phrases in section 260(a)(1a) of the Companies Law);
•
reasonable litigation expenses, including attorneys’ fees, expended by an office holder or charged to the
office holder by a court, in a proceeding instituted against the office holder by the Company or on its
behalf or by another person, or in a criminal charge from which the office holder was acquitted, or in a
criminal proceeding in which the office holder was convicted of an offense that does not require proof
of criminal intent;
•
expenses, including reasonable litigation expenses and legal fees, incurred by an office holder in relation
to an administrative proceeding instituted against such office holder, or payment required to be made to
an injured party, pursuant to certain provisions of the Securities Law; and/or
•
any other event, occurrence or circumstance in respect of which we may lawfully indemnify an office
holder.
The Company may undertake to indemnify an office holder as aforesaid: (a) prospectively, provided that, in
respect of the first act (financial liability) the undertaking is limited to events which in the opinion of the Board of
Directors are foreseeable in light of the Company’s actual operations when the undertaking to indemnify is given, and
to an amount or criteria set by the Board of Directors as reasonable under the circumstances, and further provided that
such events and amount or criteria are set forth in the indemnification undertaking; and (b) retroactively.
Limitations on Insurance and Indemnification
The Companies Law provides that a company may not exempt or indemnify an office holder nor enter into
an insurance contract which would provide coverage for any monetary liability incurred as a result of any of the
following:
•
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of loyalty, except that the company may enter into an
insurance contract or indemnify an office holder if the office holder acted in good faith and had a
reasonable basis to believe that the act would not prejudice the company;
•
a breach by the office holder of his or her duty of care, if such breach was intentional or reckless, but
unless such breach was solely negligent;
•
any act or omission intended to derive an illegal personal benefit; or
•
any fine, civil fine, financial sanction or monetary settlement in lieu of criminal proceedings imposed on
such office holder.
In addition, under the Companies Law, exemption and indemnification of, and procurement of insurance
coverage for, our office holders must be approved by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors and,
with respect to an office holder who is CEO or a director, also by our shareholders. However, according to the Relief
Regulations, shareholders’ and Board approvals for the procurement of such insurance coverage are not required if
the insurance policy is approved by our Compensation Committee and: (i) the terms of such policy are within the
framework for insurance coverage as approved by our shareholders and set forth in our Compensation Policy; (ii) the
premium paid under the insurance policy is at fair market value; and (iii) the insurance policy does not and may not
have a substantial effect on the Company’s profitability, assets or obligations.
Our Insurance and Indemnification
Indemnification letters, covering indemnification and insurance of those liabilities imposed under the
Companies Law and the Israeli Securities Law, as discussed above, were granted to each of our present office holders
83
and were approved for any future office holders.
In addition, in accordance with the Compensation Policy, we are currently entitled to hold directors’ and
officers’ liability insurance policy for the benefit of our office holders, with insurance coverage of up to $45 million.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors,
officers and controlling persons, we have been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.
Administrative Enforcement
As detailed above, under the Israeli Securities Law, a company cannot obtain insurance against or indemnify
a third party (including its officers and/or employees) for any administrative procedure and/or monetary fine (other
than for payment of damages to an injured party). The Israeli Securities Law permits insurance and/or indemnification
for expenses related to an administrative procedure, such as reasonable legal fees, provided that it is permitted under
the company’s articles of association.
We have adopted and implemented an internal enforcement plan to reduce our exposure to potential breaches of
sections in the Companies Law and in the Israeli Securities Law applicable to us. Our Articles of Association and
letters of indemnification permit, among others, insurance and/or indemnification as contemplated under the Israeli
Securities Law (see “Exemption, Insurance and Indemnification of Directors and Officers” above).
Internal Auditor
Under the Companies Law, the board of directors of a public company must appoint an internal auditor
proposed by the corporate audit committee (see under “Committees of the Board of Directors” – “Corporate Audit
Committee”, above). The internal auditor may be an employee of the company but may not be an interested party, an
office holder or a relative of the foregoing, nor may the internal auditor be the company’s independent accountant or
its representative. The role of the internal auditor is to examine, among other things, whether the company’s actions
comply with applicable law, integrity and orderly business procedure. The internal auditor has the right to request that
the chairman of the corporate audit committee convene a corporate audit committee meeting, and the internal auditor
may participate in all corporate audit committee meetings. The internal auditor’s tenure cannot be terminated without
his or her consent, nor can he or she be suspended from such position unless the board of directors has so resolved
after hearing the opinion of the corporate audit committee and after providing the internal auditor with the opportunity
to present his or her position to the board of directors and to the corporate audit committee.
We have appointed the firm of C.C.R Chaikin, Cohen, Rubin & Co. as our internal auditor. Our internal
auditor meets the independence requirements of the Companies Law, as detailed above.
D. Employees
As of December 31, 2024, we had 1,056 employees worldwide. Among our employees, 260 were employed
in research, development and engineering, 679 in sales and marketing including services and supporting functions, 34
in management and administration and 83 in operations. Out of our employees, 330 were based in Israel, 63 were
based in the United States, 242 were based in EMEA (not including Israel), 168 were based in Latin America and 253
were based in Asia Pacific (including India).
In addition, as of December 31, 2024, we employed 400 Services Contractors, mainly supporting the projects
we have won in the regions. Most of the costs of these employees were included in the cost of revenues in our financial
statement.
We and our Israeli employees are not parties to any collective bargaining agreements. However, with respect
to such employees, we are subject to Israeli labor laws, regulations and extension orders signed by the Israeli Ministry
of Labor, Social Affairs and Social Services, as are in effect from time to time. Generally, we provide our employees
with benefits and working conditions above the legally required minimums.
Israeli applicable law requires severance pay upon the dismissal, retirement or death of an employee or
termination without due cause. In addition, applicable extension orders require every employee in Israel (except for
specific circumstances) has a pension insurance policy, which includes, inter alia, death and disability insurance
coverage. The amounts contributed by us to the severance component in the employees’ pension insurance are in lieu
of the severance pay due to them. Israeli applicable law requires us and our employees to make payments to the
National Insurance Institute, which is similar to the U.S. Social Security Administration. Such amounts also include
84
payments by the employee for mandatory health insurance.
Substantially all our employment agreements include employees’ undertakings with respect to non-
competition, assignment to us of intellectual property rights developed in the course of employment and
confidentiality. However, it should be noted that the enforceability of non-competition undertakings is rather limited
under the local laws in certain jurisdictions, including Israel.
To date, we have not experienced labor-related work stoppages and believe that our relations with our
employees are good.
The employees of our other subsidiaries are subject to local labor laws and regulations that vary from country
to country. In certain locations such as Brazil and Norway we are a party to collective bargaining agreements.
E. Share Ownership
The following table sets forth certain information regarding the ordinary shares owned, and stock options
held, by our directors and senior management as of March 4, 2025. The percentage of outstanding ordinary shares is
based on 88,839,079 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 4, 2025, that consists, for the purpose of the below
calculation and presentation, ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares which are vested or shall become
vested within 60 days of March 25, 2025.
Name
Number of
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned (1)
Percentage of
Outstanding
Ordinary
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Number of
Stock Options
Held(2)
Exercise price of
Options
Number
of RSUs
Held(2)
All directors and senior
management as a group
consisting of 19
people (3)
989,405
1.10
984,405 $
1.68 – 4.22
549,694
(1) Consists of 5,000 ordinary shares and 984,405 options to purchase ordinary shares which are vested or shall
become vested within 60 days of March 25, 2025.
(2) Each stock option is exercisable into one ordinary share and expires 6 years from the date of its grant. Of the
number of stock options listed 984,405 options are vested or shall become vested within 60 days of March 25,
2025 for senior management as a group. 23,591 RSUs are expected to vest within 60 days of March 25, 2025.
(3) Each of the directors and senior management beneficially owns less than 1% of the outstanding ordinary shares
as of March 25, 2025 (including options held by each such person and which are vested or shall become vested
within 60 days of March 25, 2025) and have therefore not been separately listed.
Equity Plans
Our previous Amended and Restated Share Option and RSU Plan (the “Share Option and RSU Plan”),
expired pursuant to its terms on December 31, 2024, following which no additional grants may be made and any
outstanding grants continue to be governed by the terms of such plan. During 2024, our Compensation Committee
and our Board adopted the Company’s 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2024 Equity Incentive Plan”; the Share
Option and RSU Plan and the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan shall be collectively referred to as our “Equity Plans”), and
at the 2024 AGM, our shareholders approved the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan.
The 2024 Equity Incentive Plan has been approved by the Israeli Tax Authority as required by applicable
law and as an Incentive Stock Option “qualified plan” as defined by U.S. tax law. The 2024 Equity Incentive Plan is
designed to grant options to our employees, directors, consultants and contractors, in Israel and worldwide, and is
administered by our Compensation Committee. Generally, options granted under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
expire six years from the date of grant, unless otherwise approved by the administrator.
85
In addition, under our Equity Plans, in the event of a sale of all, or substantially all, of our Ordinary Shares
or assets, a merger, consolidation amalgamation, reorganization or similar transaction, or certain changes in the
composition of the board of directors, or liquidation or dissolution, or such other transaction or circumstances that the
Board determines to be a relevant transaction, then without the consent of the grantee or prior notice requirement, the
administrator may make certain determinations as to the treatment of outstanding awards. Under our Equity Plans, in
the event that all or substantially all of the issued and outstanding share capital of the Company shall be sold, each
grantee shall be obligated to participate in the sale and to sell his/her equity awards at the price equal to that of any
other share sold.
Amendment of our Equity Incentive Plans
Subject to applicable law, our Board of Directors may amend the Equity Plans, provided that any action by
our Board of Directors which will alter or impair the rights or obligations of an option or RSU holder requires the
prior consent of that option/RSU holder. Shareholder approval of any amendment to the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan
will be obtained to the extent necessary to comply with applicable law or the extent that the Board determines that
shareholder approval is appropriate and advisable. The administrator at any time and from time to time may modify
or amend any award theretofore granted under the 2024 Equity Incentive Plan, including any award agreement, to the
extent necessary to ensure compliance with Section 424 of the Code and Section 409A of the United States Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
The following tables present information regarding options and RSU grants under the Equity Plans. All
additional options and RSUs from former plans have expired as of December 31, 2024.
Number of
securities to be issued upon
exercise or vesting of
outstanding Options or RSUs
Weighted-average exercise price of
outstanding options
6,446,328(1)
$2.52
(1) Total of 2,723,042 relates to RSUs outstanding and 3,723,286 relates to options outstanding, under all
the Equity Plans.
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table presents certain option and RSU grant information concerning the distribution of options
and RSUs (granted under the Equity Plans) among directors and employees of the Company as of December
31, 2024:
Options and
RSUs
Outstanding
Unvested
Options and
RSUs
Directors and senior management consisting of 16 people
2,399,195
1,566,751
All other grantees
4,074,133
3,347,427
F. Disclosure of a Registrant’s Action to Recover Erroneously Awarded Compensation.
86
Not applicable.
ITEM 7.
MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Major Shareholders
The following table sets forth stock ownership information as of March 25, 2025 (unless otherwise noted
below) with respect to each person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding
ordinary shares, based on information provided to us by the holders or disclosed in public filings with the SEC.
Except where otherwise indicated, and except pursuant to community property laws, we believe, based on
information furnished by such owners, that the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares listed below have sole
investment and voting power with respect to such shares. The shareholders listed below do not have any different
voting rights from any of our other shareholders. We know of no arrangements which would, at a subsequent date,
result in a change in control of our company.
Total shares beneficially owned in the table below include shares that may be acquired upon the exercise of
options that are exercisable within 60 days. The shares that may be issued under these options are treated as outstanding
only for purposes of determining the percent owned by the person or group holding the options but not for the purpose
of determining the percentage ownership of any other person or group. Each of our directors and officers who is also
a director or officer of an entity listed in the table below disclaims ownership of our ordinary shares owned by such
entity.
Name
Number of Ordinary Shares (1)
Percentage of Outstanding Ordinary Shares (2)
Joseph D. Samberg (3)
9,430,000
10.6%
(1) Consists of ordinary shares and options to purchase ordinary shares, which are vested or shall become vested
within 60 days as of March 25, 2025.
(2) Based on 88,839,079 ordinary shares outstanding as of March 4, 2025, excluding options to purchase
ordinary shares which are vested or shall become vested within 60 days of March 25, 2025.
(3) This information is derived from a Schedule 13D/A filed with the SEC on February 27, 2025. The Ordinary
Shares are beneficially owned directly or indirectly by Joseph D. Samberg through the Joseph D. Samberg
Revocable Trust (the “Revocable Trust”), of which Mr. Samberg serves as trustee, and entities controlled by
Mr. Samberg (the “Trusts”). Mr. Samberg may be deemed to beneficially own the securities directly held by
the Revocable Trust and the Trusts. Joseph D. Samberg’s address is 1091 Boston Post Road, Rye, NY 10580.
As of March 25, 2025, approximately 99.98% of our ordinary shares were registered for trade and held in the
United States and there were 32 record holders with addresses in the United States. These numbers are not
representative of the number of beneficial holders of our shares nor are they representative of where such beneficial
holders reside due to the fact that many of these ordinary shares were held of record by brokers or other nominees
(including one U.S. nominee company, CEDE & Co., which held approximately 99.7% of our outstanding ordinary
shares as of said date).
Related Party Transactions
Zohar Zisapel, the late Chairman of our Board of Directors and a principal shareholder of our company,
passed away in May 2023. Mr. Zisapel, Yehuda Zisapel (who passed away in March 2024), and Ms. Nava Zisapel,
had shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the ordinary shares held by RAD Data Communications Ltd.
Since May 2023, the entities of the RAD-BYNET group are no longer considered related parties to Ceragon.
The Company’s Related Party Policy provides, among other things, that the board of directors may, from
time to time, set criteria for routine/insignificant transactions which are not an extraordinary transaction. A proposed
transaction that shall satisfy the criteria for routine/insignificant transactions, shall be deemed as classified as an
ordinary transaction by the corporate audit committee and as pre-approved by the board. As
Any transaction and arrangement with entities in which our office holders may have a personal interest will
require approval by our Corporate Audit Committee, our Board of Directors and, if applicable, our shareholders.
87
Supply Arrangement
C. Interests of Experts and Counsel
Not applicable.
ITEM 8.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Consolidated Statements and Other Financial Information
The annual financial statements required by this Item are found at the end of this annual report, beginning on
Page F-1.
Export Sales
In 2024, our sales to end users located outside of Israel amounted to $389.0 million, or 98.7% of our $394.2
million revenues for this year.
Legal Proceedings
Class Action Claim (District Court of Tel Aviv - Economic Department)
On January 6, 2015, the Company was served with a motion to approve a purported class action, naming the
Company, its Chief Executive Officer and its directors as defendants (the “Defendants”). The motion was filed with
the District Court of Tel-Aviv (the “Court”). The purported class action alleges breaches of duties by making false
and misleading statements in the Company's SEC filings and public statements. The class action claimed amount is
approximately $75,000,000.
On June 21, 2015, the Defendants filed their response to the motion, arguing that the motion should be
dismissed.
On May 27, 2021, following a lengthy procedure that included filing of various pleadings and affidavits,
evidentiary hearings, and submission of summaries, the Court ruled to certify the motion as a class action, while
applying the Israeli Law (the “Ruling”). According to the Ruling, the class action shall include several causes of
action according to the Israeli Securities Act and the Israeli Torts Ordinance, concerning the alleged misleading
statements in the Company’s SEC filings.
On June 9, 2021, the Court issued a decision suggesting that the parties refer the case to a mediation
procedure.
The Company believes that the Ruling is erroneous and that the Defendants have strong defense arguments,
and therefore, on September 12, 2021, filed a motion for a rehearing on behalf of the Defendants in order to revert the
Ruling (the “Rehearing Motion”).
On October 20, 2021, the Plaintiff submitted his response to the Rehearing Motion and the Defendants
submitted their reply to the Plaintiff’s response on November 23, 2021.
In light of the fact that the Ruling applied and was based upon Israeli Law (instead of the relevant foreign
law), the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange filed a motion requesting the Court to allow it to join the proceedings as Amicus
Curiae, in order to express its principle opinion that the applicable law, in so far as dual listed companies are concerned,
is the foreign law, as well as regarding the negative implications of the Court’s application of Israeli law on dual listed
companies.
Without delaying or derogating from the Rehearing Motion, the Company agreed to the Court’s suggestion
that the parties refer the case to a mediation procedure and designated the retired Judge B. Arnon as a mediator. After
several mediation meetings were held, the mediation process ended without reaching a settlement.
On January 3, 2022, a hearing was held in Court in the Rehearing Motion before the Honorable Justices K.
Kabub, R. Ronen and T. Avrahami. Following the hearing, on January 25, 2022, the Attorney General joined the
proceedings of the Rehearing Motion and submitted his position in collaboration with the Securities Authority. The
Attorney General’s principle position as outlined, was that the applicable law in so far as dual listed companies are
concerned is the foreign law, and in our case – U.S. law.
On January 27, 2022, a judgment was rendered in the Rehearing Motion. The Court ruled that the Ruling was
erroneous as it applied Israeli Law, instead of foreign law, and held accordingly that the law that will apply is U.S.
88
law. The Court further held that the case will be returned to the first judicial instance and will be adjudicated as a class
claim under U.S. law. The Court commented that the Company’s claims based upon the Statute of Limitations should
prima facie also be adjudicated under U.S. law.
On March 20, 2022, following the Court's decision, the Plaintiff filed to the first judicial instance, an amended
class action claim, based on provisions of U.S. law. The Plaintiff estimated the amended claim amount at $52,099,000.
On June 28, 2022, following a joint application filed by the parties in order to approve certain procedural
matters, the Court issued a decision suggesting that the parties should consider initiating another mediation procedure.
On July 5, 2022, following the Court's decision, the parties filed a notice, informing the Court that they believe that
the time to consider initiating another mediation procedure will be only after the parties submit their pleadings.
On November 3, 2022, the Defendants submitted their Statement of Defense, based on U.S law. On February
5, 2023, the Plaintiff submitted his response to the Defendants’ Statement of Defense. The parties are currently
conducting preliminary procedures, including discovery and questionnaires. A preliminary hearing is scheduled for
June 19, 2023.
On June 15th, 2023, the Court rejected a motion filed by the Defendants to rule on the issues of Statute of
Repose and Limitations as a preliminary matter and held that those issues will be dealt with as part of the main hearing.
Additionally, the parties conducted preliminary procedures, including discovery and questionnaires, and filed related
motions.
On September 21, 2023, a preliminary hearing was held. At the conclusion of the hearing, the Court ruled
that it would issue written decisions on the discovery issues and then set dates for further proceedings. On September
28th, 2023, the Court approved the defendants’ motion for document discovery and determined that the documents in
question are indeed relevant. As a result, the Court has directed the plaintiff to furnish the requested documents by
October 28, 2023. Alternatively, the Court has given the plaintiff the option to waive any claims associated with these
documents.
On October 1, 2023, the Court granted the plaintiff's motion for document discovery and ordered the
Company to produce all requested documents within 45 days. In making this decision, it was determined that, in
addition to the documents already provided to the plaintiff, the company is required to disclose thousands of additional
documents and document types. As a result, on December 31, 2023, the Company sought permission to appeal to the
district Court's decision and requested a delay in its implementation. The Supreme Court granted a stay on the
execution of the district Court's decision and scheduled a hearing for January 25, 2024.
During the hearing, the Supreme Court acknowledged the company's contentions. It clarified that the
extensive disclosure mandated by the district Court exceeded the necessary requirements in accordance with the law,
and suggested that the plaintiff negotiate agreements with the company. Following discussions both outside the
courtroom and before the Honorable Judge, partial agreements were reached. These agreements outline the documents
the company will provide to the plaintiff. Validated by the Supreme Court, these agreements substantially reduced the
disclosure requirements outlined in the district Court's decision. The plaintiff, in turn, waived certain demands entirely
and significantly narrowed others. For the limited remaining requirements, it was established that the company would
convey its position on transferring the requested documents to the plaintiff in the reduced format proposed during the
hearing. It was also decided that if no agreements are reached concerning these documents, the Court will make a
decision on the matter.
On March 26, 2024, the Company provided the plaintiff with the required documents, in accordance with the
agreements between the parties.
On March 12, 2024, following the submission of pleadings by the parties, the Supreme Court reduced the
amount of expenses imposed by the district Court against the Company in its decision dated October 1, 2023, since
the appeal resulted in a reduction in the extent of disclosure initially determined by the district Court.
On April 2024, the parties have agreed to refer the dispute to a mediation procedure before the esteemed
retired judge, Dr. Avi Zamir. To date, two mediation meetings have been held.
On January 30, 2025, the parties filed an update with the Court, indicating that, as part of the mediation
process, they have reached preliminary understandings. As a result, the Court was requested to grant the parties an
additional 60-day period to allow them to finalize a settlement agreement, which will then be submitted for the Court’s
approval. On February 2, 2025, the Court approved the parties' request. Given the above, the mediation process is
89
still ongoing.
Although the parties have not yet reached a conclusive and binding settlement agreement, nor has the
settlement agreement been submitted for Court approval (or approved by the Court), the Company estimates, based
on its external legal counsel and all facts and circumstances, that the maximum potential loss under the settlement
agreement will not exceed approximately 1.162 million USD and a provision for this amount was recorded on the
balance sheet as of December 31, 2024.
Claim against Station Enterprises Ltd. regarding breach of the Lease Agreement
A dispute has arisen between the Company and Station Enterprises Ltd, with respect to the lease agreement
signed between the parties on April 11, 2019 (the “Lease Agreement”), under which the Company leases its offices
and labs in Rosh Haayin.
The Company, the lessee, claims that Station Enterprises was late in delivering the possession to the lessee
and has not fulfilled its maintenance and management obligations. Therefore, the Company claims that Station
Enterprises breached its contractual obligations, causing the Company damages and expenses.
Due to such alleged breaches, the Company has set off the rent and management fees against outstanding
debts of Station Enterprises towards the Company and provided Station Enterprises with a set-off notice.
On February 8, 2022, Station Enterprises provided notice to the Company of the termination of the Lease
Agreement, and also on the exercise of the bank guarantees provided to it in connection with the Lease Agreement, in
the amount of approximately $682,000. The Company rejected the alleged termination notice, which was provided
with no legal grounds, and further required Station Enterprises not to exercise the bank guarantees. This demand was
disregarded, and the bank guarantees were exercised in full.
The Company instructed its legal counsel to file a claim against Station Enterprises, in the framework of
which the court will be asked to issue a Declarative Order, declaring that the notice of termination was invalid and
that Lease Agreement is valid and in force; to order Station Enterprises to reimburse the Company for the amount of
the exercised bank guarantees; to order Station Enterprises to uphold and fulfil its contractual obligation and
undertakings under the Lease Agreement and the management agreement; and to compensate the Company for the
damages caused to it in an amount of approximately $328,000.
The Statement of Claim was filed on May 31, 2022. A Statement of Defense was filed on October 23, 2022,
and a Statement of Response was filed on November 23, 2022.
On October 13, 2022, Station Enterprises Ltd. submitted a new claim against the Company, for its eviction
from the leased premises. The Statement of Defense was filed on February 12, 2023.
Since both lawsuits deal with the same issues, on December 25, 2022, the Company submitted a request to
consolidate the lawsuits.
On January 12, 2023, the judge determined that he would make a final decision on the request when
submitting the statement of defense, which, as mentioned, was filed on February 12, 2023. On March 27, 2023, the
judge ordered the consolidation of the hearings in the two lawsuits.
The parties agreed to refer the dispute in both claims to mediation that started on May 8, 2023.
On June 27, 2023, a mediation meeting took place between the parties. After extensive meetings and
negotiations between the parties, on September 22, 2024, the mediator announced that the mediation between the
parties had failed. On July 15, 2024, during the first pre-trial, the judge made another attempt to mediate the dispute
between the parties, but without success. Consequently, the court scheduled deposition dates and set another pre-trial
for March 5, 2024.
On December 1, 2024, Ceragon submitted its affidavits. Following the submission of the affidavits, the
parties resumed the mediation process.
Based on our external legal counsel and all facts and circumstances, the amount of loss cannot be reasonably
estimated because of the preliminary stage of the lawsuit.
Arbitration proceeding against Ceragon and one of its subsidiaries
On September 8, 2023, a request for arbitration against the Company and one of its subsidiaries was submitted
90
by a South American customer to an arbitration tribunal in that jurisdiction, alleging that the Company’s subsidiary
breached a services agreement it entered with such customer and requesting that the Company also be included in
such arbitration process. This is the same customer of which the Company recorded a $12.3 million credit loss
provision in the fourth quarter of 2022. In its request the customer stated that its claim was in the amount of $10.8
million.
On May 28, 2024, the Company announced that it has reached a settlement agreement with the customer to collect a
debt of $12.0 million and terminate the arbitration proceeding against the Company and its subsidiary. Said settlement
agreement includes a waiver by the customer of all its claims against the Company and its subsidiaries. During 2024,
the Company collected $9.1 million from the customer and is actively working to collect the remaining balance of the
debt in accordance with the settlement agreement.
We are not a party to any other material legal proceedings.
Dividends
We have never declared or paid any dividend on our ordinary shares except for the share dividend that was
paid as a result of a 250-for-1 share recapitalization that took place immediately prior to our initial public offering. To
date, we do not anticipate paying any dividends on our ordinary shares in the future. We currently intend to retain all
future earnings to finance our operations and to expand our business. Under our Credit Facility, we undertook not to
distribute dividends (unless certain terms are met) without the lenders’ prior written consent.
Significant Changes
See Item 5. “OPERATING AND FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS - B. Liquidity and Capital
Resources” for a description of the January and June 2022 amendments to the credit facility.
ITEM 9.
THE OFFER AND LISTING
Offer and Listing Details
Our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “CRNT”.
ITEM 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Memorandum and Articles of Association
Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-235244-4. Our purpose as set forth in
article 1 to our Articles of Association is to engage, directly or indirectly, in any lawful undertaking or business
whatsoever. A copy of our Articles of Association is attached as Exhibit 1.1 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F. The
information called for by this Item is set forth in Exhibit 2.1 to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and is incorporated
by reference into this Annual Report on Form 20-F. Exhibit 2.1 sets forth a description of our ordinary shares and
certain provisions of our Articles of Association which are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference
to the full text of our Articles of Association.
Material Contracts
For a description of our Credit Facility dated as of March 14, 2013 and signed by and between the Company
and Bank Hapoalim B.M., HSBC Bank Plc, Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd. and First International Bank of Israel Ltd., as
amended from time, inter alia in 2023 to supplement Bank Mizrahi-Tefahot Ltd., see Item 5 "OPERATING AND
FINANCIAL REVIEW AND PROSPECTS - B. Liquidity and Capital Resources”. The summary provided is not
complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the English summary of the material terms of such agreement
including its amendments, which are filed as exhibits to this Annual Report on Form 20-F and incorporated herein by
reference.
Except as otherwise disclosed in this annual report (including its exhibits), we are not currently, and have not
been in the last two years, party to any material contract, other than contracts entered into in the ordinary course of
business.
Exchange Controls
There are currently no Israeli currency control restrictions on payments of dividends or other distributions
with respect to our ordinary shares or the proceeds from the sale of the shares, except for the obligation of Israeli
residents to file reports with the Bank of Israel regarding certain transactions. However, legislation remains in effect
91
pursuant to which currency controls can be imposed by administrative action at any time.
The ownership or voting of our ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel, except with respect to citizens of
countries which are in a state of war with Israel, is not restricted in any way by our Memorandum or Articles of
Association or by the laws of the State of Israel.
Taxation
The following is a short summary of the tax environment to which shareholders may be subject. The
following is not intended, and should not be construed, as legal or professional tax advice and is not exhaustive of all
possible tax considerations. Each shareholder should consult his or her own tax or legal advisor.
This summary is based on the current provisions of tax law and, except for the foregoing, does not anticipate
any possible changes in law, whether by legislative, regulatory, administrative or judicial action. Holders of our
ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the United States, Israeli or other tax consequences of the
purchase, ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.
General Corporate Tax Structure in Israel
The corporate tax rate in 2024 is 23%.
However, the effective tax rate payable by a company that derives income from an approved enterprise, or
preferred enterprise as discussed further below, may be considerably lower. See “The Investment Law” below.
The Investments Law
In general, the Investment Law is intended to provide tax benefits to Industrial Enterprises who undertake
significant export activities leading to the economic competitiveness of the country. The Investment Law underwent
several amendments in recent years as will be detailed below, however, benefits which were granted under prior
versions of the law remain intact and may be applied to the extent the company who obtained such benefits continues
to comply with the respective requirements and has not waived such benefits.
Tax Benefits under the 2017 Amendment
The 2017 Amendment was enacted as part of the Economic Efficiency Law that was published on December
29, 2016, and is effective as of January 1, 2017. The 2017 Amendment provides new tax benefits for two types of
“Technology Enterprises”, as described below, and is in addition to the other existing tax beneficial programs under
the Investment Law.
The 2017 Amendment provides that a technology company satisfying certain conditions will qualify as a
“Preferred Technology Enterprise” and will thereby enjoy a reduced corporate tax rate of 12% on income that qualifies
as “Preferred Technology Income”, as defined in the Investment Law. The tax rate is further reduced to 7.5% for a
Preferred Technology Enterprise located in development Zone A.
Dividends distributed by a Preferred Technology Enterprise paid out of Preferred Technology Income, are
generally subject to withholding tax at source at the rate of 20% or such lower rate as may be provided in an applicable
tax treaty (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the Israel Tax Authority (“ITA”) allowing such
for reduced tax rate). However, if such dividends are paid to an Israeli company, no tax is required to be withheld. If
such dividends are distributed to a foreign company (holding at least 90% of the share capital) and other conditions
are met, the withholding tax rate will be 4%.
In 2024, Israel announced its intention to implement a minimum corporate tax rate of 15% on multinational
corporations, aligning with the OECD's Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (BEPS) initiative. This measure, targeting
companies with annual revenues exceeding €750 million, is scheduled to take effect in 2026 and will determine the
reduction in the beneficial corporate tax rate mentioned above.
The Company did not apply the 2017 Amendment. The Company may change its position in the future.
Tax Benefits and Grants for Research and Development
Israeli tax law allows, under specific conditions, a tax deduction in the year incurred for expenditures,
including capital expenditures, relating to scientific research and development projects, for the year in which they are
incurred if:
92
•
the expenditures are approved by the relevant Israeli government ministry, determined by the field of
research;
•
the research and development are for the promotion or development of the company; and
•
the research and development are carried out by or on behalf of the company seeking the deduction.
However, the amount of such deductible expenses shall be reduced by the sum of any funds received through
government grants for the finance of such scientific research and development projects. Expenditures not so approved
are deductible over a three-year period if the R&D is for the promotion or development of the company.
Tax Benefits under the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969
According to the Law for the Encouragement of Industry (Taxes), 1969, generally referred to as the Industry
Encouragement Law, an industrial company is a company incorporated and resident in Israel, at least 90% of the
income of which, in a given tax year, determined in Israeli currency exclusive of income from specified government
loans, capital gains, interest and dividends, is derived from an industrial enterprise owned by it. An industrial enterprise
is defined as an enterprise whose major activity in a given tax year is industrial production activity.
Under the Industry Encouragement Law, industrial companies are entitled to the following preferred
corporate tax benefits, among others:
•
deduction of purchases of know-how, patents and the right to use a patent over an eight-year period for
tax purposes;
•
deduction over a three-year period of specified expenses incurred with the issuance and listing of shares
on the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange or on a recognized stock exchange outside of Israel (including Nasdaq);
•
the right to elect, under specified conditions, to file a consolidated tax return with additional related
Israeli industrial companies; and
•
accelerated depreciation rates on equipment and buildings.
Eligibility for benefits under the Industry Encouragement Law is not subject to receipt of prior approval from
any governmental authority.
We believe that we currently qualify as an industrial company within the definition of the Industry
Encouragement Law. We cannot assure you that we will continue to qualify as an industrial company or that the
benefits described above will be available to us in the future.
Israeli Capital Gains Tax on Sales of Shares
Israeli law imposes a capital gains tax on the sale of any capital assets by residents of Israel, as defined for
Israeli tax purposes, and on the sale of assets located in Israel, including shares of Israeli resident companies, by non-
residents of Israel, unless a specific exemption is available or unless a tax treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s
country of residence provides otherwise (and subject to the receipt in advance of a valid certificate from the ITA
allowing such exemption). The law distinguishes between real gain and inflationary surplus. The inflationary surplus
is a portion of the total capital gain that is equivalent to the increase of the relevant asset’s purchase price which is
attributable to the increase in the Israeli consumer price index or, in certain circumstances, a foreign currency exchange
rate, between the date of purchase and the date of sale. The real gain is the excess of the total capital gain over the
inflationary surplus.
Generally, the tax rate applicable to capital gains derived from the sale of securities, listed on a stock market,
is 25% for Israeli individuals. Additionally, if such individual shareholder is considered a “significant shareholder” at
any time during the 12-month period preceding such sale (i.e. such shareholder holds directly or indirectly, including
jointly with others, at least 10% of any “means of control” in the company. “means of control” - including, among
other things, the right to receive profits of the Company, voting rights, the right to receive the Company’s liquidation
proceeds and the right to appoint a director) the tax rate is increased to 30%. Israeli companies are subject to the
regular corporate tax rate (currently, 23%) on capital gains derived from the sale of securities.
Furthermore, beginning on January 1, 2013, an additional tax liability at the rate of 2% was added to the
applicable tax rate on the annual taxable income of the individuals (whether any such individual is an Israeli resident
or non-Israeli resident) exceeding NIS 803,520 (in 2016) (hereinafter: “Added Tax”). Effective January 1, 2017, the
Added Tax rate has increased to 3% and the taxable income for 2024 threshold was reduced to NIS 640,000 (amount
93
is linked to the annual change in the Israeli consumer price index and was NIS 698,280 in 2024).
Generally, non-Israeli residents are exempt from Israeli capital gains tax on any gains derived from the sale
of shares publicly traded on a recognized stock market in Israel or outside of Israel (including Nasdaq) subject to
meeting certain conditions. However, non-Israeli corporations will not be entitled to such exemption if an Israeli
resident (i) has a controlling interest of 25% or more in such non-Israeli corporation, or (ii) is the beneficiary of or is
entitled to 25% or more of the revenues or profits of such non-Israeli corporation, whether directly or indirectly. Such
an exemption is not applicable to a person whose gains from selling or otherwise disposing of the shares are deemed
to be business income.
Persons paying consideration for shares, including purchasers of shares, Israeli securities dealers effecting a
transaction, or a financial institution through which securities being sold are held, are required, to withhold tax upon
the sale of publicly traded securities at a rate of 25% for individuals and at the corporate tax rate (currently, 23%) for
corporations. However, the sale of shares may be exempt from Israeli capital gain tax under the provisions of the
Israeli Income Tax Ordinance or the provisions of an applicable tax treaty, subject to the receipt in advance of a valid
certificate from ITA allowing for such exemption no tax will be withheld.
Under the convention between the United States and Israel concerning taxes on income, as amended (the
“U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty”), generally, Israeli capital gains tax will not apply to the sale, exchange or disposition of
ordinary shares by a person who:
•
holds the ordinary shares as a capital asset;
•
qualifies as a resident of the United States within the meaning of the U.S.-Israel tax treaty; and
•
is entitled to claim the benefits available to the person by the U.S.-Israel tax treaty.
However, this exemption will not apply, among other cases, if (i) the treaty U.S. resident holds, directly or
indirectly, shares representing 10% or more of our voting power during any part of the 12-month period preceding the
sale, exchange or disposition, subject to specified conditions, (ii) the capital gains from such sale, exchange or
disposition can be allocated to a permanent establishment in Israel or (iii) such person is an individual and was present
in Israel for a period or periods of 183 days or more in the aggregate during the relevant tax year. In this case, the sale,
exchange or disposition would be subject to Israeli tax, to the extent applicable. However, under the U.S.-Israel tax
treaty, the treaty U.S. resident would be permitted to claim a credit for the taxes against the U.S. federal income tax
imposed on the sale, exchange or disposition, subject to the limitations in U.S. laws applicable to foreign tax credits.
Israeli Taxation of Dividends Distributed to Non-Resident Holders of Our Shares
Non-residents of Israel are subject to income tax on income accrued or derived from sources in Israel. These
sources of income include passive income, including dividends, royalties and interest, as well as non-passive income
from services provided in Israel. On distributions of dividends income tax is withheld at source at the following rates:
25%, increased to 30% for a shareholder that is considered a significant shareholder, as defined above, at the time of
the distribution or at any time during the 12-month period preceding such distribution. However, if such shares are
registered with a nominee company (as such term is used in the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968), such dividends
will be subject to Israeli withholding tax at a rate of 25% whether the recipient is a substantial shareholder or not,
unless a lower rate is provided in a treaty between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence (subject to the
receipt in advance of a valid tax certificate from the ITA allowing for a reduced tax rate). The distribution of dividends
to non-Israeli residents (either individuals or corporations) from income derived from an Approved Enterprises or
Benefited Enterprises or a Preferred Enterprise or a Preferred Technology Enterprise, in each case during the
applicable benefits period is subject to withholding tax at a rate of 20%; unless a lower rate is provided in a treaty
between Israel and the shareholder’s country of residence (subject to the receipt in advance of a valid tax certificate
from the ITA allowing for a reduced tax rate). According to the U.S.-Israel Tax Treaty, the tax withholding rate on
dividends distributed by an Israeli corporation to a U.S. individual and a U.S. corporation is 25%. If the U.S. company
holds 10% or more of the voting power of the Israeli company during the part of the tax year which precedes the date
of payment of the dividend and during the whole of the preceding tax year and certain other conditions are met, the
tax withholding rate is reduced to 12.5%. Dividends received by such U.S. company distributed from income
generated by an Approved Enterprise, a Benefited Enterprise, or a Preferred Enterprise or a Preferred Technology
Enterprise, are subject to withholding tax at a rate of 15%. However, these provisions do not apply if the company
generates certain amounts of passive income. The aforementioned rates under the U.S.-Israel Treaty will not apply if
the dividend income was derived through a permanent establishment of the U.S. resident in Israel.
94
Israeli Transfer Pricing Regulations
On November 29, 2006, Income Tax Regulations (Determination of Market Terms), 2006, promulgated
under Section 85A of the Israeli Income Tax Ordinance, came into effect (the “TP Regulations”). Section 85A of the
Tax Ordinance and the TP Regulations generally requires that all cross-border transactions carried out between related
parties be conducted on an arm’s length principle basis and will be taxed accordingly. The TP Regulations including
the 2022 amendments are being implemented by the Company and have not had a material effect on the Company.
U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations
Subject to the limitations described below, the following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income
tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares to a U.S. Holder that owns our
ordinary shares as a capital asset (generally, for investment). A U.S. holder is a Holder of our ordinary shares that is
for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
•
an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
•
a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or
organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States, any political subdivision thereof
or the District of Columbia;
•
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
•
a trust (i) if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration
and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) that has
in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our
ordinary shares, the tax treatment of the entity and an equity owner in such entity will generally depend on the status
of the equity owner and the activities of the entity. Such an equity owner or entity should consult its own tax advisor
as to its tax consequences.
Certain aspects of U.S. federal income taxes relevant to a holder of our ordinary shares (other than a
partnership) that is not a U.S. Holder (a “Non-U.S. holder”) are also discussed below.
This discussion is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the
“Code”), current and proposed Treasury Regulations, and administrative and judicial decisions as of the date of this
annual report, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This discussion does not address all
aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to any particular U.S. Holder in light of such holder’s
individual circumstances. In particular, this discussion does not address the potential application of the U.S. federal
income tax consequences to U.S. Holders that are subject to special treatment, including U.S. Holders that:
•
are broker-dealers or insurance companies;
•
have elected mark-to-market accounting;
•
are tax-exempt organizations or retirement plans;
•
are grantor trusts;
•
are S corporations;
•
are certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States;
•
are financial institutions;
•
hold ordinary shares as part of a straddle, hedge or conversion transaction with other investments;
•
acquired their ordinary shares upon the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as
compensation;
•
are real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies;
•
own directly, indirectly or by attribution at least 10% of our shares (by vote or value); or
•
have a functional currency that is not the U.S. dollar.
95
This discussion is not a comprehensive description of all the tax considerations that may be relevant to each
person’s decision to purchase our ordinary shares. For example, this discussion does not address any aspect of state,
local or non-U.S. tax laws, the possible application of the alternative minimum tax or United States federal gift or
estate taxes.
Each holder of our ordinary shares is advised to consult his or her own tax advisor with respect to the specific
tax consequences to him or her of purchasing, owning or disposing of our ordinary shares, including the applicability
and effect of federal, state, local and foreign income and other tax laws to his or her particular circumstances.
Taxation of Distributions Paid on Ordinary Shares
Subject to the discussion below under “Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive Foreign Investment
Company,” a U.S. Holder will be required to include in gross income as dividend income the amount of any
distribution paid on our ordinary shares, including any non-U.S. taxes withheld from the amount paid, to the extent
the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined for U.S. federal income
tax purposes. Distributions in excess of earnings and profits will be applied against and will reduce the U.S. Holder’s
tax basis in its ordinary shares and, to the extent in excess of that basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange
of ordinary shares. The dividend portion of such distribution generally will not qualify for the dividends received
deduction otherwise available to corporations.
Dividends that are received by U.S. Holders that are individuals, estates or trusts will be taxed at the rate
applicable to long-term capital gains (currently a maximum rate of 20%), provided that such dividends meet the
requirements to be treated as “qualified dividend income.” Subject to the holding period and risk-of-loss requirements
discussed below generally, dividends paid by a non-U.S. corporation that is not a PFIC (as discussed below) will
generally be qualified dividend income if either the stock with respect to which the dividend is paid is readily tradable
on an established securities market in the United States (such as the Nasdaq Global Select Market) or such corporation
is eligible for the benefits of an income tax treaty with the IRS determines is satisfactory and which includes an
exchange of information program. The IRS has determined that the U.S.-Israel income tax treaty is satisfactory for
this purpose and includes an exchange of information program. Dividends that fail to meet such requirements, and
dividends received by corporate U.S. Holders, are taxed at ordinary income tax rates. No dividend received by a U.S.
Holder will be a qualified dividend if (1) the U.S. Holder held the ordinary share with respect to which the dividend
was paid for less than 61 days during the 121-day period beginning on the date that is 60 days before the ex-dividend
date with respect to such dividend, excluding for this purpose, under the rules of Code Section 246(c), any period
during which the U.S. Holder has an option to sell, is under a contractual obligation to sell, has made and not closed
a short sale of, is the grantor of a deep-in-the-money or otherwise nonqualified option to buy, or has otherwise
diminished its risk of loss by holding other positions with respect to, such ordinary share (or substantially identical
securities) or (2) the U.S. Holder is under an obligation (pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments
with respect to positions in property substantially similar or related to the ordinary share with respect to which the
dividend is paid. If we were to be PFIC (as such term is defined in the Code) for any year, dividends paid on our
ordinary shares in such year or in the following year would not be qualified dividends. In addition, a non-corporate
U.S. Holder will be able to take a qualified dividend into account in determining its deductible investment interest
(which is generally limited to its net investment income) only if it elects to do so; in such case the dividend will be
taxed at ordinary income tax rates.
Distributions of current or accumulated earnings and profits paid in foreign currency to a U.S. Holder
(including any non-U.S. taxes withheld from the distributions) will generally be includible in the income of a U.S.
Holder in a dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate on the date of the distribution. A U.S. Holder
that receives a foreign currency distribution and converts the foreign currency into dollars after the date of distribution
may have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or depreciation in the value of the foreign currency
against the dollar, which will generally be U.S. source ordinary income or loss.
U.S. Holders generally will have the option of claiming the amount of any non-U.S. income taxes withheld
at source either as a deduction from gross income or as a dollar-for-dollar credit against their U.S. federal income tax
liability. Individuals who do not claim itemized deductions, but instead utilize the standard deduction, may not claim
a deduction for the amount of the non-U.S. income taxes withheld, but the amount may be claimed as a credit against
the individual’s U.S. federal income tax liability. The amount of non-U.S. income taxes that may be claimed as a
credit in any year is subject to complex limitations and restrictions, which must be determined on an individual basis
by each holder. These limitations include rules which limit foreign tax credits allowable for specific classes of income
to the U.S. federal income taxes otherwise payable on each such class of income. The total amount of allowable foreign
96
tax credits in any year generally cannot exceed the pre-credit U.S. tax liability for the year attributable to non-U.S.
source taxable income. Distributions of our current or accumulated earnings and profits generally will be non-U.S.
source passive income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes.
A U.S. Holder will be denied a foreign tax credit for non-U.S. income taxes withheld from a dividend received
on the ordinary shares (1) if the U.S. holder has not held the ordinary shares for at least 16 days of the 31-day period
beginning on the date which is 15 days before the ex-dividend date with respect to such dividend or (2) to the extent
the U.S. holder is under an obligation to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or
related property. Any days during which a U.S. Holder has substantially diminished its risk of loss on the ordinary
shares are not counted toward meeting the required 16-day holding period.
Taxation of the Disposition of Ordinary Shares
Subject to the discussion below under “Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive Foreign Investment
Company,” upon the sale, exchange or other disposition of our ordinary shares (other than in certain non-recognition
transactions), a U.S. Holder will recognize capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the U.S.
Holder’s basis in the ordinary shares, which is usually the cost to the U.S. Holder of the ordinary shares, and the
amount realized on the disposition. Capital gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares held
more than one year will be long-term capital gain and may, in the case of non-corporate U.S. holders, be subject to a
reduced rate of taxation (long-term capital gains are currently taxable at a maximum rate of 20% for U.S. Holders that
are individuals, estates or trusts). Gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale, exchange or other disposition of
ordinary shares will generally be treated as U.S. source income for U.S. foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility
of a capital loss recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of ordinary shares may be subject to limitations.
A U.S. Holder that uses the cash method of accounting calculates the dollar value of the proceeds received
on the sale as of the date that the sale settles. However, a U.S. Holder that uses the accrual method of accounting is
required to calculate the value of the proceeds of the sale as of the trade date and may therefore realize foreign currency
gain or loss. An accrual method U.S. Holder may avoid realizing such foreign currency gain or loss by electing to use
the settlement date to determine the proceeds of sale for purposes of calculating the foreign currency gain or loss. In
addition, a U.S. Holder that receives foreign currency upon disposition of ordinary shares and converts the foreign
currency into dollars after the settlement date or trade date (whichever date the U.S. Holder is required to use to
calculate the value of the proceeds of sale) may have foreign exchange gain or loss based on any appreciation or
depreciation in the value of the foreign currency against the dollar, which will generally be U.S. source ordinary
income or loss.
Net Investment Income Tax
Certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may also be subject to an additional 3.8% tax on all or a portion of their
“net investment income,” which may include dividends on, or capital gains recognized from the disposition of, our
ordinary shares, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors
regarding the implications of the Net Investment income tax on their investment in our ordinary shares.
Tax Consequences if We Are a Passive Foreign Investment Company
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will be classified as a passive foreign investment company, (a
“PFIC”), for any taxable year in which, after applying certain look-through rules, either (i) 75% or more of our gross
income is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of the average value of our total assets (determined on a quarterly basis)
for the taxable year produce, or are held for the production of, passive income. For this purpose, cash is considered to
be an asset which produces passive income. Passive income includes dividends, interest, royalties, rents, annuities and
the excess of gains over losses from the disposition of certain assets which produce passive income.
Based on our income, assets, activities and market capitalization, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for
the taxable year ended December 31, 2024. However, there can be no assurances that the IRS will not challenge this
conclusion. If we were not a PFIC for 2024, U.S. Holders who acquired our ordinary shares in 2024 will not be subject
to the PFIC rules described below (regardless of whether we were a PFIC in any prior year) unless we are classified
as a PFIC in future years. The tests for determining PFIC status are applied annually, and it is difficult to make accurate
predictions of our future income, assets, activities and market capitalization, including fluctuations in the price of our
ordinary shares, which are relevant to this determination.
If we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder of our ordinary shares could be subject to increased tax liability upon the sale
or other disposition (including gain deemed recognized if the ordinary shares are used as security for a loan) of its
97
ordinary shares or upon the receipt of distributions that are treated as “excess distributions”, which could result in a
reduction in the after-tax return to such U.S. Holder. In general, an excess distribution is the amount of distributions
received during a taxable year that exceed 125% of the average amount of distributions received by a U.S. Holder in
respect of the ordinary shares during the preceding three taxable years, or if shorter, during the U.S. Holder’s holding
period prior to the taxable year of the distribution. Under these rules, the distributions that are excess distributions and
any gain on the disposition of ordinary shares would be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for
the ordinary shares. The amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable year prior to the first taxable
year in which we were a PFIC would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each of the other taxable
years would be subject to tax at the highest marginal rate in effect for the applicable class of taxpayer for that taxable
year, and an interest charge for the deemed deferral benefit would be imposed on the resulting tax allocated to such
other taxable years. The tax liability with respect to the amount allocated to taxable years prior to the year of the
disposition or distribution cannot be offset by net operating losses. In addition, holders of stock in a PFIC may not
receive a “step-up” in basis on shares acquired from a decedent. Furthermore, if we are a PFIC, each U.S. Holder of
our common equity generally will be required to file an annual report with the IRS.
As an alternative to the tax treatment described above, a U.S. Holder could elect to treat us as a “qualified
electing fund” (“QEF”), in which case such U.S. Holder would be required to include in income, for each taxable year
that we are a PFIC, its pro rata share of our ordinary earnings as ordinary income and its pro rata share of our net
capital gains as capital gain, subject to a separate election to defer payment of taxes where such deferral is subject to
an interest charge. We may supply U.S. Holders that make a request in writing with the information needed to report
income and gain under a QEF election, if we are a PFIC. Any income inclusion will be required whether or not such
U.S. Holder owns our ordinary shares for an entire taxable year or at the end of our taxable year. The amount so
includible will be determined without regard to our prior year losses or the amount of cash distributions, if any,
received from us. Special rules apply if a U.S. Holder makes a QEF election after the first year in its holding period
in which we are a PFIC. A U.S. Holder’s basis in its ordinary shares will increase by any amount included in income
and decrease by any amounts distributed to the extent such amounts were previously taxed under the QEF rules. So
long as a U.S. Holder’s QEF election is in effect beginning with the first taxable year in its holding period in which
we were a PFIC, any gain or loss realized by such holder on the disposition of its ordinary shares held as a capital
asset ordinarily would be capital gain or loss. Such capital gain or loss ordinarily would be long-term if such U.S.
Holder had held such ordinary shares for more than one year at the time of the disposition. The QEF election is made
on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis, applies to all ordinary shares held or subsequently acquired by an electing U.S.
Holder and can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS.
As an alternative to making a QEF election, a U.S. Holder of PFIC stock which is “marketable stock” (e.g.,
“regularly traded” on the Nasdaq Global Select Market) may in certain circumstances avoid certain of the tax
consequences generally applicable to holders of stock in a PFIC by electing to mark the stock to market as of the
beginning of such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares. As a result of such election, in any taxable
year that we are a PFIC, a U.S. Holder generally would be required to report gain or loss to the extent of the difference
between the fair market value of the ordinary shares at the end of the taxable year and such U.S. Holder’s tax basis in
its ordinary shares at that time. Any gain under this computation, and any gain on an actual disposition of the ordinary
shares in a year in which we are a PFIC, would be treated as ordinary income. Any loss under this computation, and
any loss on an actual disposition of the ordinary shares in a year in which we are a PFIC, generally would be treated
as ordinary loss to the extent of the cumulative net-mark-to-market gain previously included. Any remaining loss from
marking ordinary shares to market will not be allowed, and any remaining loss from an actual disposition of ordinary
shares generally would be capital loss. A U.S. Holder’s tax basis in its ordinary shares is adjusted annually for any
gain or loss recognized under the mark-to-market election. There can be no assurances that there will be sufficient
trading volume with respect to the ordinary shares in order for the ordinary shares to be considered “regularly traded”
or that our ordinary shares will continue to trade on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. Accordingly, there are no
assurances that the ordinary shares will be marketable stock for these purposes. As with a QEF election, a mark-to-
market election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis, applies to all ordinary shares held or subsequently
acquired by an electing U.S. Holder and can only be revoked with consent of the IRS (except to the extent the ordinary
shares no longer constitute “marketable stock”).
The U.S. federal income tax consequences to a U.S. Holder if we were to be classified as a PFIC in 2024 or
any previous taxable year are complex. A U.S. Holder should consult with his or her own advisor regarding those
consequences, as well as regarding whether he or she should make either of the elections described above.
Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Holders of Ordinary Shares
98
Except as described in “Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding” below, a non-U.S. Holder of our
ordinary shares will not be subject to U.S. federal income or withholding tax on the payment of dividends on, and the
proceeds from the disposition of, our ordinary shares, unless, in the case of U.S. federal income taxes:
•
the item is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the
United States and, in the case of a resident of a country which has a treaty with the United States, the
item is attributable to a permanent establishment, or in the case of an individual, the item is attributable
to a fixed place of business in the United States; or
•
the non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the ordinary shares as a capital asset and is present in the
United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are
met.
Information Reporting and Back-up Withholding
U.S. Holders generally are subject to information reporting requirements with respect to dividends on, or
proceeds from the disposition of, our ordinary shares. In addition, a U.S. Holder may be subject, under certain
circumstances, to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid on, or proceeds from the disposition of, our
ordinary shares unless the U.S. Holder provides proof of an applicable exemption or correct taxpayer identification
number, and otherwise complies with the applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules. A U.S. holder of
our ordinary shares who provides an incorrect taxpayer identification number may be subject to penalties imposed by
the IRS. Amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules are not an additional tax and may be refunded or
credited against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the required information is timely
furnished to the IRS.
Non-U.S. Holders generally are not subject to information reporting or back-up withholding with respect to
dividends paid in the United States on, or proceeds from the disposition of, our ordinary shares, provided that the non-
U.S. Holder provides a taxpayer identification number, certifies to its foreign status, or establishes another exemption
from the information reporting or back-up withholding requirements.
Certain U.S. Holders (and to the extent provided in IRS guidance, certain Non-U.S. Holders) who hold
interests in “specified foreign financial assets” (as defined in Section 6038D of the Code) are generally required to
file an IRS Form 8938 as part of their U.S. federal income tax returns to report their ownership of such specified
foreign financial assets, which may include our ordinary shares, if the total value of those assets exceed certain
thresholds. Substantial penalties may apply to any failure to timely file IRS Form 8938. In addition, in the event a
holder that is required to file IRS Form 8938 does not file such form, the statute of limitations on the assessment and
collection of U.S. federal income taxes of such holder for the related tax year may not close until three years after the
date that the required information is filed. Holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding their tax reporting
obligations.
Documents on Display
We are subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act applicable to foreign private issuers
and fulfill these requirements by filing reports with the SEC. These reports include certain financial and statistical
information about us and may be accompanied by exhibits.
The SEC maintains an Internet website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy statements,
information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC filed through the
SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval (EDGAR) system.
You may also visit us on the Internet at www.ceragon.com. However, information contained on our website
does not constitute a part of this annual report.
Annual Report to Security Holders.
Not applicable.
ITEM 11.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Accordingly, we have concluded that
there is no material market risk exposure of the type contemplated by Item 11, and that no quantitative tabular
disclosures are required. We are exposed to certain other types of market risks, as described below.
99
Foreign Currency Risk
As the majority of our revenues and cost of revenues, as well as a significant portion of our operating
expenses, are in U.S. dollars, we have determined that our functional currency is the U.S. dollar. However, a significant
portion of our revenues, costs of revenue as well as a major portion of our operating expenses are denominated in
other currencies, mainly in NIS, INR, EUR, BRL, ARS and NOK. As our financial results are reported in U.S. dollars,
fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and applicable non-dollar currencies may have an effect on
our results of operations. In order to reduce such effect, we hedge a portion of certain cash flow transactions
denominated in non-dollar currencies as well as a portion of certain monetary items in the balance sheet, such as trade
receivables and trade payables, denominated in non-dollar currencies. The following sensitivity analysis illustrates the
impact on our non-dollar net monetary assets assuming an instantaneous 10% change in foreign currency exchange
rates from year-end levels, with all other variables held constant. On December 31, 2024, a 10% strengthening of the
U.S. dollar versus other currencies would have resulted in a decrease of approximately $6.1 million in our net monetary
assets position, while a 10% weakening of the dollar versus all other currencies would have resulted in an increase of
approximately $7.4 million in our net monetary assets position.
The counter-parties to our hedging transactions are major financial institutions with high credit ratings. As
of December 31, 2024, we had outstanding forward like contracts in the amount of $21.2 million for a period of up to
twelve months.
We do not invest in interest rate derivative financial instruments.
ITEM 12.
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES OTHER THAN EQUITY SECURITIES.
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 13.
DEFAULTS, DIVIDEND ARREARAGES AND DELINQUENCIES.
None.
ITEM 14.
MATERIAL MODIFICATIONS TO THE RIGHTS OF SECURITY HOLDERS AND USE OF
PROCEEDS.
None
ITEM 15.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The Company performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures that
are designed to provide reasonable assurance that the material financial and non-financial information required to be
disclosed to the SEC is recorded, processed, summarized and reported timely. Based on the Company’s evaluation,
the Company’s management, including the CEO and CFO, has concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act) as of the end of December 31, 2024
are effective in reaching such reasonable assurance. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the Company to
disclose material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s reports.
(b) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over
financial reporting for the Company.
The Company performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting
that is designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers,
and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
(i) Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
100
(ii) Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of
management and directors of the Company; and
(iii) Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition,
use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our CEO and CFO, we
conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024
based on the framework for Internal Control - Integrated Framework set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (COSO). Based on our assessment under that
framework and the criteria established therein, our management concluded that the Company’s internal control over
financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2024, in providing reasonable assurance regarding the reliability
of the Company’s financial reporting. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there can be no assurance that the Company’s
financial reporting controls and procedures will detect or uncover all failures of persons within the Company to do all
the required activities properly, which may impact the fair presentation of the financial statements of the Company
otherwise required to be set forth in the financial reports.
(c) Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Kost, Forer, Gabbay & Kasierer, A Member of EY Global, our independent registered public accounting
firm, has issued an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, appearing
under Item 18: “FINANCIAL STATEMENTS” on pages F-3 – F-4, and such report is incorporated herein by
reference.
(d) Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the
year ended December 31, 2024, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.
ITEM 16A. AUDIT COMMITTEE FINANCIAL EXPERT
The Company’s Board of Directors has determined that each of Ms. Makov and Messrs. Liran, Hadar, Rosen
and Ripstein qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and is an independent director under the Nasdaq Rules
and regulations of the SEC.
ITEM 16B. CODE OF ETHICS
The Company has adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to the CEO, chief financial officer and controller. In
October 2008, we amended our Code of Ethics in order to update it and expand its applicability to additional senior
officers. In December 2009, we combined the Code of Ethics together with certain Standards of Business Conduct to
strengthen the Company’s Ethics and Compliance Program. In October 2014, and again in December 2016, we
amended and expanded the Company’s Ethics and Compliance Program, in order to strengthen certain provisions
thereunder. In 2024 we further amended the Company’s Ethics and Compliance Program and expanded the
applicability of the Code of Ethics to all employees of the Company. A copy of the Company’s updated Code of Ethics
may be obtained, without charge, upon a written request addressed to the Company’s investor relations department, 3
Uri Ariav st., Bldg. A (7th Floor) PO Box 112, Rosh Ha’Ayin, Israel, 4810002 (Telephone no. +972-3-543-1000) (e-
mail: ir@ceragon.com).
ITEM 16C. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
Fees Paid to Independent Auditors
The following table sets forth, for each of the years indicated, the fees billed by Kost, Forer, Gabbay &
Kasierer, A member of EY Global, our auditors, and the percentage of each of the fees out of the total amount billed
by them.
Year Ended December 31,
101
2024
2023
Services Rendered
Fees
Percentages
Fees
Percentages
Audit Fees (1) .........................................
$ 667,524
84%
$ 742,500
88%
Audit-Related
Fees (2)
$ 7,500
1%
$ 26,000
3%
Tax Fees (3)............................................
$ 119,203
15%
$ 79,400
9%
Total ......................................................
$ 794,227
100%
$ 847,900
100%
(1) Audit fees consist of services that would normally be provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings
or engagements, including services that generally only the independent accountant can reasonably provide.
(2) Audit related fees principally relates to assistance with audit services and consultation
(3) Tax fees relate to tax compliance, planning and advice
Policies and Procedures
Our Financial Audit Committee is in charge of a policy and procedures for pre-approval of audit and non-
audit services rendered by our independent auditors. The policy requires the Financial Audit Committee’s pre-
approval of the scope of the engagement of our independent auditor. The policy prohibits retention of the independent
auditors to perform the prohibited non-audit functions defined in Section 201 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or
the rules of the SEC, and also considers whether proposed services are compatible with the independence of the public
auditors.
All of the fees listed in the table above were pre-approved by our Board of Directors, at the recommendation
of our Financial Audit Committee.
ITEM 16D. EXEMPTIONS FROM THE LISTING STANDARDS FOR AUDIT COMMITTEES
None.
ITEM 16E. PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES BY THE ISSUER AND AFFILIATED PURCHASERS
There were no purchases of our ordinary shares made by or on behalf of the Company or any “affiliated purchaser”
during the year ended December 31, 2024.
ITEM 16F. CHANGE IN REGISTRANT’S CERTIFYING ACCOUNTANT
Not applicable.
ITEM 16G.
CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
The Nasdaq Rules provide that foreign private issuers may follow home country practice in lieu of certain
Nasdaq Rules, subject to certain exceptions and except to the extent that such exemptions would not be contrary to
U.S. federal securities laws, so long as the foreign private issuer: (i) provides a written statement from an independent
counsel in its home country certifying that the company’s practices are not prohibited by the home country law; and
(ii) discloses that it does not follow such listing requirement and describes the home country practice followed in its
reports filed with the SEC. The practices we currently follow in lieu of Nasdaq Rules are described below:
-
Compensation Committee Charter: We have opted out of the requirement to adopt and file a compensation
committee charter as set forth in Nasdaq Rule 5605(d)(1). Instead, our Compensation Committee conducts itself
in accordance with provisions governing the establishment (but not the composition) and the responsibilities of a
compensation committee as set forth in the Companies Law and as further stipulated in our Compensation Policy.
-
Shareholder Approval: We have opted out of the requirement for shareholder approval of stock option plans and
other equity-based compensation arrangements as set forth in Nasdaq Rule 5635. Nevertheless, as required under
the Companies Law, shareholder voting procedures are followed for the approval of equity-based compensation
of certain office holders or employees, such as our CEO and members of our Board of Directors. Equity based
102
compensation arrangements with other office holders are approved by our Compensation Committee and our
Board of Directors, provided they are consistent with our Compensation Policy, and in special circumstances in
deviation therefrom, taking into account certain considerations as set forth in the Companies Law.
-
Annual General Meetings of Shareholders: We have opted out of the requirement for conducting annual meetings
as set forth in Nasdaq Rule 5620(a), which requires Ceragon to hold its annual meetings of shareholders within
twelve months of the end of its fiscal year end. Instead, Ceragon is following home country practice and law in
this respect. The Companies Law requires that an annual meeting of shareholders be held every year, and not later
than 15 months following the last annual meeting (see in Item 10.B above – “Additional Information – Voting,
Shareholders’ Meetings and Resolutions”).
-
Quorum at General Meetings of Shareholders: As a result of the amendment of our Articles of Association in the
2024 AGM, we follow the requirement set under Rule 5620(c) of the Nasdaq Rules which requires the presence
of two or more shareholders holding at least 33 1/3% to establish a quorum for any shareholders meeting.
-
Distribution of Annual Reports: We have chosen to follow our home country practice in lieu of the requirements
of Nasdaq Rule 5250(d)(1), relating to an issuer’s furnishing of its annual report to shareholders. Specifically, we
file annual reports on Form 20-F, which contain financial statements audited by an independent accounting firm,
electronically with the SEC, and also post a copy on our website.
ITEM 16H.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE
Not Applicable.
ITEM 16I.
DISCLOSURE
REGARDING
FOREIGN
JURISDICTIONS
THAT
PREVENT
INSPECTIONS
Not Applicable.
Item 16J.
INSIDER TRADING POLICIES
The Company has adopted an Insider Trading Policy which contains insider trading policies and procedures
governing the purchase, sale, and other dispositions of the Company’s securities by directors, senior management, and
employees that are reasonably designed to promote compliance with applicable insider trading laws, rules and
regulations, and the NASDAQ listing standards applicable to the Company. The Company’s Insider Trading Policy
is attached as Exhibit 11.1 to this Annual Report.
Item 16K.
CYBERSECURITY
Risk Management and Strategy
We have implemented and maintain various information security processes designed to identify, assess and
manage material risks from cybersecurity threats to our critical computer networks, certain third party hosted services,
communications systems, hardware and software, and our critical data, including intellectual property, confidential
information that is proprietary, strategic or competitive in nature, and employees’ information.
We have established comprehensive governance routines that convene relevant parties at regular intervals,
ensuring constant vigilance and strategic oversight in our cybersecurity efforts.
Under the leadership of our Chief Information Officer (CIO), Vice President of Information Technology (VP
IT) and Chief Information Security Officer (CISO), our cybersecurity risk management program is guided by
experienced professionals. Our CIO has over 20 years of global IT leadership experience, integrating risk-aware
technologies, advancing digital transformation, and supporting regulatory compliance. Our VP IT brings 20 years of
experience in managing IT infrastructure and security operations, ensuring compliance with industry standards and
best practices. Our CISO has 18 years of specialized cybersecurity expertise, leading the development and
implementation of security frameworks, risk management strategies, and incident response plans. As part of our
proactive approach to cybersecurity, we conduct daily, quarterly, and annual forums designed to address and manage
cybersecurity threats. These forums serve as platforms for cross-functional collaboration and decision-making,
integrating cybersecurity considerations into our corporate governance framework.
Our annual and quarterly forums are distinguished by the participation of our top executives, underscoring
the strategic importance of cybersecurity at the highest levels of management. In addition to our scheduled gatherings,
we promptly convene ad-hoc sessions to address immediate and emerging cybersecurity issues as necessary.
103
This agile and responsive approach to cybersecurity governance enables us to rapidly adapt to the evolving
cyber threat landscape and reinforces our commitment to safeguarding our digital assets, preserving the integrity of
our data, and maintaining the trust of our customers and shareholders.
As part of our unwavering commitment to cybersecurity, our Company has instituted an annual work plan
that focuses on cyber-related objectives and initiatives. This strategic plan forms the blueprint for our cybersecurity
efforts throughout the fiscal year and is designed to enhance our defense mechanisms, incident response capabilities,
and overall security posture.
We are proactively monitoring the execution of our cybersecurity work plan, consistently tracking our
progress against established milestones and deliverables. Our management team regularly reviews these metrics to
ensure we are on course to meet or exceed our cybersecurity goals.
In alignment with our dedication to cybersecurity excellence, we conduct thorough reviews of prevailing
cybersecurity standards that underscore our commitment to maintaining a secure and trustworthy digital environment.
As part of our cybersecurity risk management efforts, we engage independent third-party consultants and auditors to
enhance our security posture. These experts play a key role in identifying and mitigating risks through comprehensive
assessments. Each year, they conduct an ISO 27001 compliance audit, along with one to two additional security audits
and one to two penetration tests on our critical assets. These evaluations help us proactively address vulnerabilities,
strengthen resilience against emerging threats.
Governance
Our Corporate Audit Committee is our corporate organ designated by the Board to be charged with the
continual monitoring and supervision of our Company's strategic cybersecurity work plan and operational status. In
such matters the Corporate Audit Committee shall convene with the attendance of two additional Board members,
Messrs. Rami Hadar and Ira Palti, both having extensive cybersecurity experience. The Corporate Audit Committee
in this extended composition is poised to respond promptly to emerging cyber threats through ad-hoc engagement
when necessary, according to the Company’s relevant policies.
Comprising those members of our Board who possess the highest level of expertise in cybersecurity among
our Board members, the Corporate Audit Committee in this extended composition ensures knowledgeable and
experienced governance in this critical domain. This underscores the Board's recognition of the importance of
cybersecurity.
For a description of the risks from cybersecurity threats that may materially affect the Company and how
they may do so, see our risk factors under Part 1. Item 3D. Risk Factors in this Annual Report on Form 20-F, including
under “Increased breaches of network or information technology security could have an adverse effect on our
business”, and “Cyber-attacks on our customers’ networks involving our products could have an adverse effect on
our business”.
PART III
ITEM 17.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Not applicable.
ITEM 18.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes thereto required by this item are contained on pages
F-2 through F-48 hereof.
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
F-2 - F-6
Consolidated Balance Sheets
F-7 - F-8
Consolidated Statements of Operations
F-9
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (loss)
F-10
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity
F-11
104
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
F-12 - F-13
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
F-14 - F-54
ITEM 19.
EXHIBITS
1.1
Articles of Association of Ceragon Networks Ltd.
2.1
Description of Company’s Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934
4.1
Credit facility, dated as of March 14, 2013 (“Credit Facility”) by and among the Company and Bank
Hapoalim B.M., HSBC Bank Plc, Bank Leumi Le’Israel Ltd. and First International Bank of Israel Ltd.
(English summary of the material terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2012)
4.2
Amendment, effective as of October 1, 2013, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the
material terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 in the Company’s Report on Form 6-K filed on
November 19, 2013)
4.3
Amendment No. 2, effective as of April 29, 2014, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2014)
4.4
Amendment No. 3, effective as of March 31, 2015, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2014)
4.5
Amendment No. 4, effective as of March 10, 2016, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2015)
4.6
Amendment No. 5, executed in December 2016, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2016)
4.7
Amendment No. 6, effective as of March 30, 2017, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.11 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2016)
4.8
Amendment No. 7, executed on February 12, 2018, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2017)
4.9
Amendment No. 8, executed on March 26, 2018, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2017)
4.10
Amendment No. 9, executed on March 29, 2020, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2019)
4.11
Amendment No. 10, executed on June 25, 2020, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2020)
4.12
Amendment No. 11, executed on May 3, 2021, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material terms)
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended
December 31, 2021)
4.13
Amendment No. 12, executed on June 30, 2021, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2021)
105
4.14
Amendment No. 13, executed on January 2, 2022, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.14 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2021)
4.15
Amendment No. 14, executed on June 26, 2022, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.15 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2023)
4.16
Amendment No. 15, executed on June 30, 2022, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.16 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2023)
4.17
Amendment No. 16, executed on June 26, 2023, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.17 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2023)
4.18
Amendment No. 17, executed on December 4, 2023, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.18 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year
ended December 31, 2023)
4.19
Amendment No. 18, executed on June 27, 2024, to the Credit Facility (English summary of the material
terms)
4.20
Amended and Restated Share Option and RSU Plan, as amended August 10, 2014 (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 4.8 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2014)
4.21
Ceragon Networks Ltd. 2024 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the Commission on August 6, 2024) (File No.
333-281275)
4.22
Lease agreement New Facilities at Rosh Ha’Ain, including its amendments (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 4.13 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020)
8.1
List of Significant Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 8.1 to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020)
11.1
Insider Trading Policy
12.1
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
12.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13.1
Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002
15.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
97.1
Ceragon Networks Ltd Policy for Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 97.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31,
2023)
101
Inline XBRL Instance Document
101
SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101
CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101
DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101
LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document
101
PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
106
SIGNATURE
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has
duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
CERAGON NETWORKS LTD.
By: /s/ Doron Arazi.
Name: Doron Arazi
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Date: March 25, 2025
107
Exhibit 2.1
DESCRIPTION OF CERAGON NETWORKS LTD.
SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Ceragon Networks Ltd. (“Ceragon,” “we” or the “Company”) has one class of securities registered pursuant
to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended: ordinary shares, par value NIS 0.01 each. Under
our Articles of Association, 240,000,000 of our ordinary shares are authorized. The ordinary shares are registered for
trading on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol CRNT.
Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the annual report on
Form 20-F.
This Exhibit sets forth a description of our ordinary shares and certain provisions of our Articles of
Association which are summaries and are qualified in their entirety by reference to the full text of our Articles of
Association, which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December
31, 2024 (referred to hereafter as our “Articles of Association”).
Objects and purposes.
Our registration number with the Israeli Registrar of Companies is 51-235244-4. Our purpose as set forth in
article 1 to our Articles of Association is to engage, directly or indirectly, in any lawful undertaking or business
whatsoever.
Meetings of Shareholders, Quorum and Voting Rights.
According to the Companies Law and our Articles of Association, an annual general meeting of our
shareholders shall be held once every calendar year, provided it is within a period of not more than fifteen (15) months
after the preceding annual general meeting. Our Board of Directors may, whenever it deems fit, convene a special
general meeting at such time and place as may be determined by the board, and, pursuant to the Companies Law, must
convene a meeting upon the demand of: (a) two directors or one quarter of the directors in office; or (b) the holder or
holders of: (i) 10% or more of the Company’s issued share capital and one percent 1% or more of its voting rights; or
(ii) 10% or more of the Company’s voting rights. If the Board of Directors does not convene a meeting upon a valid
demand of any of the above then the persons who made the demand, and in the case of shareholders, part of such
demanding shareholders holding at least half of the voting rights of such demanding shareholders, may convene a
meeting of the shareholders to be held within three months of the demand. Alternatively, upon petition by the
individuals making the demand, a court may order that a meeting be convened.
The Chairman of the Board of Directors, or any other director or office holder of the Company who may be
designated for this purpose by the Board of Directors, shall preside as Chairman at every general meeting of the
Company. If there is no such Chairman, or if at any meeting such Chairman is not present within fifteen (15) minutes
after the time fixed for holding the meeting or is unwilling to act as Chairman, the members present shall choose
someone of their number to be Chairman. The office of Chairman shall not, by itself, entitle the holder thereof to vote
at any general meeting nor shall it entitle such holder to a second or casting vote (without derogating, however, from
the rights of such Chairman to vote as a shareholder or proxy of a shareholder if, in fact, he is also a shareholder or
such proxy).
Pursuant to the Companies Law and the regulations promulgated pursuant to the Companies Law and
governing the terms of notice and publication of shareholder meetings of public companies, shareholder meetings
generally require prior notice of not less than 21 days, and not less than 35 days in certain cases. Pursuant to the
Articles of Association, we are not required to deliver or serve notice of a general meeting or of any adjournments
thereof to any shareholder. However, subject to applicable law and stock exchange rules and regulations, we will
publicize the convening of a general meeting in any manner reasonably determined by us, and any such publication
shall be deemed duly made, given and delivered to all shareholders on the date on which it is first made, posted, filed
or published in the manner so determined by us in our sole discretion.
108
The function of the general meeting is to elect directors, receive and consider the profit and loss account, the
balance sheet and the ordinary reports and accounts of the directors and auditors, appoint auditors, approve certain
interested party transactions requiring general meeting approval as provided in the Companies Law, approve the
Company’s merger, exercise of the powers of the Board of Directors if the Board of Directors is unable to exercise its
powers and the exercise of any of its powers is vital for our proper management, approve amendments of our Articles
of Association and transact any other business which under our Articles of Association or applicable law may be
transacted by the shareholders of the Company in a general meeting.
Under our Articles of Association, the quorum required for a meeting of shareholders consists the presence,
in person or by proxy, of at least two shareholders holding shares conferring in the aggregate thirty three percent
(33%) or more of the voting power of the Company. If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a
quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened by the Board of Directors upon the demand of shareholders or upon
the demand of a court pursuant to section 65 of the Companies Law or two directors or 25% of the directors then in
office or directly by such shareholders or directors, shall be cancelled. If a meeting is otherwise called and no quorum
is present within half an hour from the time appointed for such meeting it shall stand adjourned to the same day in the
following week at the same time and place or to such other day, time and place as the Chairman of the meeting may
determine with the consent of the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting in person or by
proxy and voting on the question of adjournment. At the adjourned meeting, the required quorum consists of any two
shareholders.
Subject to the provisions of the Articles of Association, holders of fully paid ordinary shares have one vote
for each ordinary share held by such shareholder of record, on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders.
Shareholders may vote in person, by proxy or by proxy card. These voting rights may be affected by the grant of any
special voting rights to the holders of a class of shares with preferential rights that may be authorized in the future. As
our ordinary shares do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, the holders of the majority of the
shares present and voting at a shareholders’ meeting generally have the power to elect all of our directors, except the
external directors whose election requires a Special Majority.
Unless otherwise prescribed in our Articles of Association and/or under the Companies Law, shareholders
resolutions are deemed adopted if approved by the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting
in person, by proxy or by proxy card, and voting on the matter.
Share Ownership Restrictions
The ownership or voting of ordinary shares by non-residents of Israel is not restricted in any way by the
Articles of Association or the laws of the State of Israel, except that citizens of countries that are in a state of war with
Israel may not be recognized as owners of ordinary shares.
Transfer of Shares
Our ordinary shares which have been fully paid-up are transferable by submission of a proper instrument of
transfer together with the certificate of the shares to be transferred and such other evidence of title, as the Board of
Directors may require, unless such transfer is prohibited by another instrument or by applicable securities laws.
Modification of Class Rights
Pursuant to our Articles of Association, if at any time the share capital is divided into different classes of
shares, the rights attached to any class, unless otherwise provided by our Articles of Association, may be modified or
abrogated by the Company, by shareholders resolution, subject to the requirement that such resolution is also approved
by a majority of the holders of the shares of such applicable class, who are present and voting at a separate general
meeting of the holders of the shares of such class.
Dividends
Under the Companies law, dividends may be distributed only out of profits available for dividends as
determined by the Companies Law, provided that there is no reasonable concern that the distribution will prevent the
Company from being able to meet its existing and anticipated obligations when they become due. If the company does
not meet the profit requirement, a court may nevertheless allow the company to distribute a dividend, as long as the
court is convinced that there is no reasonable concern that such distribution will prevent the company from being able
to meet its existing and anticipated obligations when they become due. Pursuant to our Articles of Association, no
dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of the profits of the Company. Generally, under the Companies Law, the
109
decision to distribute dividends and the amount to be distributed is made by a company’s board of directors.
Our Articles of Association provide that our Board of Directors, may, subject to the Companies Law, from
time to time, declare and cause the Company to pay such dividends as may appear to the Board of Directors to be
justified by the profits of our Company. Subject to the rights of the holders of shares with preferential, special or
deferred rights that may be authorized in the future, our profits which shall be declared as dividends shall be distributed
according to the proportion of the nominal (par) value paid up or credited as paid up on account of the shares held at
the date so appointed by the Company and in respect of which such dividend is being paid, without regard to the
premium paid in excess of the nominal (par) value, if any. The declaration of dividends does not require Shareholders’
approval.
To date, we have not declared or distributed any dividend and we currently do not intend to pay cash
dividends on our ordinary shares in the foreseeable future.
Liquidation Rights
In the event of our winding up or liquidation or dissolution, subject to applicable law, our assets available for
distribution among the shareholders shall be distributed to the holders of ordinary shares in proportion to the amount
paid up or credited as paid up on account of the nominal value of the shares held by them respectively and in respect
of which such distribution is being made, without regard to any premium paid in excess of the nominal value, if any.
This liquidation right may be affected by the grant of limited or preferential rights as to liquidation to the holders of a
class of shares that may be authorized in the future.
Mergers and Acquisitions under Israeli Law
In general, a merger of a company, that was incorporated before the enactment of the Companies Law,
requires the approval of the holders of a majority of 75% of the voting power represented at the annual or special
general meeting in person or by proxy or by a written ballot, as shall be permitted, and voting thereon in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Law. However, in accordance with our Articles of Association, a shareholder
resolution approving a merger (as defined in the Companies law) of the Company shall be deemed adopted if approved
by the holders of a majority of the voting power represented at the meeting in person or by proxy and voting thereon.
Upon the request of a creditor of either party of the proposed merger, the court may delay or prevent the merger if it
concludes that there exists a reasonable concern that as a result of the merger, the surviving company will be unable
to satisfy the obligations of any of the parties to the merger. In addition, a merger may not be completed unless at
least: (i) 50 days have passed from the time that the requisite proposal for the merger has been filed by each party with
the Israeli Registrar of Companies; and (ii) 30 days have passed since the merger was approved by the shareholders
of each party.
The Companies Law also provides that, an acquisition of shares in a public company must be made by means
of a tender offer: (a) if there is no existing shareholder, or a group of shareholders holding shares together, in the
company holding shares conferring 25% or more of the voting rights at the general meeting (a “control block”), and
as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder of a control block; or (b) if there is no existing
shareholder, or a group of shareholders holding shares together, in the company holding shares conferring 45% or
more of the voting rights at the general meeting and as a result of the acquisition the purchaser would become a holder
of 45% or more of the voting rights at the general meeting. Notwithstanding, the abovementioned requirements do not
apply if the acquisition was: (1) made by way of a private placement that received shareholders’ approval (which
includes an explicit approval that the purchaser will become, as a result of such acquisition, a holder of a “control
block,” or of 45% or more of the voting power in the company, and unless there is already a holder of a “control
block” or of 45% or more of the voting power in the company, respectively); (2) was from a holder of a “control
block” in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of a “control block”; or (3) was from a holder
of 45% or more of the voting power in the company and resulted in the acquirer becoming a holder of 45% or more
of the voting power in the company. The tender offer must be extended to all shareholders, but the offeror is not
required to purchase more than 5% of the company’s outstanding shares, regardless of how many shares are tendered
by shareholders. The tender offer may be consummated only if: (i) at least 5% of the company’s outstanding shares
will be acquired by the offeror; and (ii) the number of shares acquired in the offer exceeds the number of shares whose
holders objected to the offer.
Under the Companies Law, a person may not acquire shares in a public company if, after the acquisition, the
acquirer will hold more than 90% of the shares or more than 90% of any class of shares of that company, unless a
tender offer is made to purchase all of the shares or all of the shares of the particular class. The Companies Law also
110
generally provides that as long as a shareholder in a public company holds more than 90% of the company’s shares or
of a class of shares, that shareholder shall be precluded from purchasing any additional shares. The full tender offer
shall be accepted and all the shares that the acquirer offered to purchase (i.e. all of the shares not owned by the acquirer)
will be transferred to it if (i) the shareholders who declined or do not respond to the tender offer hold less than 5% of
the company’s outstanding share capital or of the relevant class of shares and the majority of offerees who do not have
a personal interest in accepting the tender offer accepted the offer, or (ii) the shareholders who declined or do not
respond to the tender offer hold less than 2% of the company’s outstanding share capital or of the relevant class of
shares. The Companies Law provides that a shareholder that had his or her shares so transferred, whether he or she
accepted the tender offer or not, has the right, within six months from the date of acceptance of the tender offer, to
petition the court to determine that the tender offer was for less than fair value and that the fair value should be paid
as determined by the court. However, the acquirer may provide in its offer that shareholders who accept the tender
offer will not be entitled to such rights. If as a result of a full tender offer the acquirer would own 95% or less of the
outstanding shares, then the acquirer may not acquire shares that will cause his shareholding to exceed 90% of the
outstanding shares.
Furthermore, certain provisions of other Israeli laws may have the effect of delaying, preventing or making
more difficult an acquisition of or merger with us; see Item 3. “KEY INFORMATION” - Risk Factors – “Risks
Relating to Operations in Israel” - Provisions of Israeli law may delay, prevent or make undesirable an acquisition of
all or significant portion of our shares or assets”
Duties of Office Holders and Shareholders
Duties of Office Holders
Fiduciary Duties. The Companies Law imposes a duty of care and a duty of loyalty on all office holders of
a company, including directors. The duty of care requires an office holder to act with the level of care with which a
reasonable office holder in the same position would have acted under the same circumstances, and requires office
holders to use reasonable means to obtain (i) information regarding the business advisability of a given action brought
for the office holders’ approval or performed by the office holders by virtue of their position, and (ii) all other
information of importance pertaining to the aforesaid actions. The duty of loyalty includes avoiding any conflict of
interest between the office holder’s position in the company and his personal affairs, avoiding any competition with
the company, avoiding the exploitation of any business opportunity of the company in order to receive personal
advantage for himself or others, and revealing to the company any information or documents relating to the company’s
affairs which the office holder has received due to his position as an office holder.
The company may approve an action by an office holder from which the office holder would otherwise have
to refrain due to its violation of the office holder’s duty of loyalty if: (i) the office holder acts in good faith and the act
or its approval is not to the detriment of the company, and (ii) the office holder discloses the nature of his or her
interest in the transaction to the company a reasonable time prior to the company’s approval.
Each person listed in the table included in “Item 6.A. – Directors and Senior Management” of the annual
report on Form 20-F is considered an office holder under the Companies Law.
Disclosure of Personal Interests of an Office Holder. The Companies Law requires that an office holder of a
company promptly disclose any personal interest that he or she may have, and all related material information and
documents known to him or her relating to any existing or proposed transaction by the company. If the transaction is
an extraordinary transaction, the office holder must also disclose any personal interest held by the office holder’s
spouse, siblings, parents, grandparents, descendants, spouse’s siblings, parents and descendants and the spouses of
any of these people, or any corporation in which the office holder: (i) holds at least 5% of the company’s outstanding
share capital or voting rights; (ii) is a director or chief executive officer; or (iii) has the right to appoint at least one
director or the chief executive officer. An extraordinary transaction is defined as a transaction that is either: (i) not in
the ordinary course of business; (ii) not on market terms; or (iii) likely to have a material impact on the company’s
profitability, assets or liabilities.
In the case of a transaction which is not an extraordinary transaction, after the office holder complies with
the above disclosure requirements, only board approval is required unless the articles of association of the company
provide otherwise. The transaction must not be adverse to of the company's interest. If a transaction is an extraordinary
transaction, or concerns the terms of office and employment, then, in addition to any approval stipulated by the articles
of association, it must also be approved by the company’s audit committee (or with respect to terms of office and
employment, by the compensation committee) and then by the board of directors, and, under certain circumstances,
111
by shareholders of the company. Additionally, the board of directors may, from time to time, set criteria for
routine/insignificant transactions which are not an extraordinary transaction. A proposed transaction that shall satisfy
the criteria for routine/insignificant transactions, shall be deemed as classified as an ordinary transaction by the
corporate audit committee and as pre-approved by the board A proposed transaction that shall satisfies the criteria for
routine/insignificant transactions, is deemed to be classified as an ordinary transaction by the corporate audit
committee and as pre-approved by the board.
A person with a personal interest in any matter may not generally be present at any audit committee,
compensation committee or board of directors meeting where such matter is being considered, and if he or she is a
member of the committee or a director, he or she may not generally vote on such matter at the applicable meeting.
Duties of Shareholders
Under the Companies Law, a shareholder has a duty to: (i) act in good faith toward the company and other
shareholders; and (ii) refrain from abusing his or her power in the company, including, among other things, voting in
a general meeting of shareholders with respect to the following matters: (a) any amendment to the articles of
association; (b) an increase of the company’s authorized share capital; (c) a merger; or (d) approval of interested party
transactions which require shareholders’ approval.
In addition, any controlling shareholder, or any shareholder who knows that it possesses power to determine
the outcome of a shareholder vote and any shareholder who, pursuant to the provisions of a company’s articles of
association, has the power to appoint or prevent the appointment of an office holder in the company, is under a duty
to act with fairness towards the company. The Companies Law does not describe the substance of this duty but states
that the remedies generally available upon a breach of contract, will also apply in the event of a breach of the duty of
fairness, taking into account such shareholder’s position.